summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err1135
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err1088
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err350
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err4499
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err300
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err392
6 files changed, 7764 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0db15e4f807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err
@@ -0,0 +1,1135 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2002/02/25}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls}
+% Copyright (C) 1997, Frank Mittelbach
+
+\ProvidesClass{errata}
+ [1997/12/31 v0.6b Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else#2 \fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \large Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Graphics Companion
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on
+% errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all
+% entries are typeset.
+%
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{1997/03/01}
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you
+% own. For example, if you have the second
+% printing set this to 2 so that errors
+% already corrected in that printing will not
+% appear in your errata listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all
+% entries are typeset.
+%
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+%
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+%
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+
+\documentclass{errata}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book(A-W:GMR97,
+ author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and
+ Frank Mittelbach},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion},
+ substitle = {Illustrating Documents with {\TeX} and PostScript},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+ year = 1997,
+ ISBN = "0-201-85469-4",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997",
+ pagenums = {xxv + 554},
+ source-infos = {yes},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ price = "US\$39.75",
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}}
+\item[]
+The latest version of this file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found
+as part of the \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives
+the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the
+bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the
+problem.
+
+\end{list}
+
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{General }
+
+\erroronpage{}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{}
+ We should give back references from plates to pages with the
+ original examples
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Front matter }
+
+\erroronpage{xxiii}{l.8}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ that can't be the correct hyphenation, can it? unpara-lleled?
+ American english: un-par-al-leled
+ British english: un-pa-ral-lelled
+
+\erroronpage{}{}{FMi,SPQR}{1999/03/11}{}
+ Add the following information:
+
+In order to save space on the pages, and make the example
+code look less cluttered, we do not print self-contained code.
+This means that you can not simply type in what you read, and feed it
+to \LaTeX, or the other programs. In particular, we omit:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\documentclass...| (\LaTeX) \\
+ |\begin{document}| and |\end{document}| (\LaTeX) \\
+ |beginfig...| and |endfig| (Metapost) \\
+ |input graph| (Metapost \S3.3.1) \\
+ |input boxes| (Metapost \S3.3.2)
+\end{quote}
+
+However, we do always show \LaTeX{} |\usepackage| declarations as it
+is not always obvious which packages have to be loaded.
+
+If you have trouble reproducing one of the examples you should get
+the example files from CTAN, which are all self-contained runnable
+examples.
+
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 1 }
+
+\erroronpage{4}{l.2 of bulleted item}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ in form \> in the form
+
+\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ surprisingly \> surprising
+
+\erroronpage{5}{last para, l.2}{VSc}{1997/06/12}{2}
+ Delete second "the" in: is perhaps the the most flexible one
+
+\erroronpage{18}{l.-7}{AMM}{1998/11/11}{}
+ to define an specialized \> to define a specialized
+
+\erroronpage{20}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ PSTricks packages most of \> PSTricks packages offer most of
+
+\erroronpage{20}{l.16}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ Hewlett Package \> Hewlett-Packard
+
+\erroronpage{21}{fig. 1.19}{AMM}{1998/11/11}{}
+ The explanation of plot lines ('decade.*') are awfully positioned
+ over the plot (this is the default positioning, perhaps a different
+ set of data sould be selected).
+
+\erroronpage{22}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ delete second `with' in ``with with the troff program.''
+
+\erroronpage{22}{l.16}{PMcJ}{1998/06/13}{}
+ \texttt{.PE} statement \> a \texttt{.PE} command
+
+\erroronpage{25}{l.-10}{AMM}{1998/11/11}{}
+ AutoCAD for archaeologists \> AutoCAD for designers
+ (archaeologists are very very special users of AutoCAD, which is
+ much more popular among architects or engineers)
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 2 }
+
+\erroronpage{29}{l.-2}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ add comma: TIFF\u{,} PCX
+
+\erroronpage{33}{keepaspectratio}{JOl}{1997/10/31}{}
+ Replace ``the values'' by ``the value''.
+ suggestion: Replace ``above for defaults'' by ``above for the default''.
+
+\erroronpage{39}{line 5}{DCa}{1997/06/18}{2}
+ orient key should be origin key (as shown on previous line;-)
+
+\erroronpage{39}{2.2.4, 2 para}{JUl}{2000/10/18}{}
+ Add the following sentence:
+ The syntax for specifying directories is system dependent but
+ Windows and Unix implementations allow the use of |/| as a
+ directory separator, i.e., the above example should work on both
+ platforms.
+
+
+\erroronpage{41}{table 2.2}{DCa}{1997/06/18}{2}
+ All the entries in the `ext' and `read-file' columns
+ ought to start with a `.', e.g., .ps .eps ...
+
+\erroronpage{41}{middle}{DCa}{1997/06/24}{2}
+ Example should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{.ps.gz}{eps}{.ps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{43--44}{ex. 2-3-6 and 2-3-8}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ \verb|K\"oln| and \verb|Rh\^one| should be 8-bit markup
+ (the 7 bits syntax make TeX appear paleothic)
+
+\erroronpage{46}{fig 2.2}{JOl}{1997/10/31}{}
+ Replace ``centre'' by ``center'' to be consistent with the other two
+ ``center's'' in the figure.
+
+\erroronpage{49}{bottom}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ The definition of |\Bpara| doesn't show everything, add in front
+ |\newcommand\Bpara[4]{%|
+ and a closing |}| after |\end{picture}|
+
+\erroronpage{51}{bottom}{FMi} {1997/04/01}{2}
+ Add a comment about \texttt{clockwise} and \texttt{counterclockwise}
+ options to define the direction of rotation.
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 3 }
+
+\erroronpage{55}{l.13}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Missing space before 0
+
+\erroronpage{56}{l.2}{PMcJ}{1998/06/13}{}
+ a object \> an object
+
+\erroronpage{60}{l.8}{PMcJ}{1998/06/13}{}
+ an METAFONT \> a METAFONT
+
+\erroronpage{64}{l.6}{PMcJ,FMi}{1998/06/13}{}
+ is three real numbers between 0 and 1 for each read, green and blue,
+ \> \u{consists of} three real numbers between 0 and 1,
+ \u{corresponding to} red, green\u{,} and blue,
+
+\erroronpage{65}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ delete second `the' in ``to apply the the bbox command''
+
+\erroronpage{75}{ex.3-3-9}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{}
+ Why is the first peak rotated to the left? printing problem?
+ MP problem? or what? --- actually seems to be a data problem
+
+\erroronpage{93}{l.7}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ Marek Ry{\'c}ko Jackowski (1995) \>
+ Marek Ry{\'c}ko (Jackowski 1995)
+
+\erroronpage{93}{l.12}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ METAFONT code, , and \>
+ METAFONT code, \texttt{mftops.mf}, and
+
+\erroronpage{94}{l.7}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Second ref to Fig.~3.3 should reference Fig.~3.4 instead
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 4 }
+
+\erroronpage{97}{l.-15}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ replace term ``curly brackets'' by ``braces'' (Commonwealth usage)
+
+\erroronpage{97}{l.-3}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ replace term ``curly brackets'' by ``braces'' (Commonwealth usage)
+
+\erroronpage{99}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ ``so that you can use polar coordinates \ldots''
+ \> ``so that you can use several other powerful systems of coordinate
+ specification, such as polar coordinates \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{100}{ex. 4-2-5}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+\begin{verbatim}\psset{dimen=inner}
+ \psframe
+ (1,1)(4,4)
+\end{verbatim}
+would be better expressed as \verb|\psframe[dimen=inner](1,1)(4,4)|
+
+\erroronpage{100}{middle}{AMM}{1998/4/17}{}
+ Avoid line breaking after Chapter: ``\verb+Chapter~2+''.
+
+\erroronpage{100}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ ``we recommend that \LaTeX{} users stick with the color package''
+--- note that `color' is available with `plain' also.
+
+\erroronpage{100--101}{ex 4-3-1}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+The \verb|\psclip ... \endpsclip|
+syntax is not coherent with the choice made for pspicture on page 97.
+It should be \verb|\begin{psclip}|
+\ldots \verb|\end{psclip}|, with a note
+ like ``The special \LaTeX{} environment (plain \TeX{} users must code
+ \verb|\Environment_name| ... \verb|\endEnvironment_name|)''
+
+\erroronpage{101}{4}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+analagous \> analogous
+
+\erroronpage{102}{l.4}{UMu,FMi}{1997/07/18}{2}
+ Replace para by:
+ This places \textit{stuff} in the direction \textit{refangle} at a
+ distance of \textit{labelsep} from $(x,y)$. If \textit{labelsep}
+ is not specified the current value of |\labelsep| (defaults to 5pt
+ in standard \LaTeX) is used. Since angles are \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{104}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+replace first `each' with `at' in ``print a dot each each of the''
+
+\erroronpage{104}{ex.4-4-4 to 4-4-7}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{}
+ Missing refs to plates IIa-d
+
+\erroronpage{106}{Table 4.4}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ diamond and diamond* results are the wrong way around
+ (it was an old bug corrected by DGi March 18, 1997)
+
+\erroronpage{107}{ex.4-5-2}{PGu}{1999/01/28}{}
+ |\usepackage{pstricks}| \> |\usepackage{pstcol}|
+
+\erroronpage{110}{ex.4-5-13}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Missing |\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| |\usepackage{ps-text}|
+ declaration on top of example
+
+\erroronpage{114--120}{ex.4-6-1 up to 4-6-23}{UMu}{1997/07/18}{2}
+ Change |\usepackage {pstricks}| to |\usepackage {pstricks,pst-node}|
+
+\erroronpage{115}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ ``describing the matrix and tree package' can be confusing as the reader
+ may believe that there is a `matrix' package---perhaps
+ ``describing the matrix environment and tree package''
+
+\erroronpage{124}{ex.4-6-32}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Missing ref to plate VIb
+
+\erroronpage{125}{l.2}{TRa}{1997/04/28}{2}
+ replace: successive columns to overlap
+
+\erroronpage{128}{ex. 4-6-39}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+Avoid 7-bit coding, use 8-bit
+
+\erroronpage{133}{l.2}{RFa}{1997/04/14}{2}
+ Narrative says that the curves are $\sin(x)$, $\sin(x^2)$ and $\cos(x)$.
+ Code says |<x dup sin exch cos mul>|, which isn't $\sin(x^2)$, it's
+ $\sin(x)\cos(x)$ (aka $0.5 \sin(2x)$)
+
+\erroronpage{134}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ ``(written in sh and awk, it is called pie-chart.sh and can be found in
+ the PSTricks distribution.)''
+Note that it will be soon be reissued as \> PstChart, written in Perl.
+
+\erroronpage{137}{ex.4-8-4}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{}
+ Missing ref to plate IVa
+
+\erroronpage{145}{l.-7}{DCa}{1997/09/01}{2}
+ pstpoly \> pst-poly
+
+\erroronpage{146}{l.2}{DCa}{1997/09/01}{2}
+ pstpoly \> pst-poly
+
+\erroronpage{146}{ex. 4-10-7}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ \verb|\PstRegularPolygon| \> \verb|\PstPolygon|,
+ \verb|\RPolyCurves| \> \verb|\PolyCurves|,
+ \verb|\RPolyIntermediatePoint| \> \verb|IntermediatePoint|,
+ \verb|\RPolyNbSides| \> \verb|\PolyNbSides|, and
+ \verb|\RPolyOffet| \> \verb|\PolyOffet|. (changes in package)
+
+\erroronpage{154}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ pstVerb \> \verb|\pstVerb|
+
+\erroronpage{154}{l.-9}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ fi you need \>
+ if you need
+
+\erroronpage{155}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ delete \texttt{(x1,y1)} from end of psline entry
+
+\erroronpage{157}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+For gradbegin and gradend, note defaults of
+0.0 0.1 0.95 and 0 1 1 (rbg values); default of gradlines would be 300 not 500
+
+\erroronpage{157}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+add ``arrows==style''
+
+\erroronpage{158}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+arrowlength default is 1.4
+
+\erroronpage{158}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+arrowinset default is 0.4;
+tbarsize default is 2pt 5;
+bracketlength default is 0.15;
+rbracketlength default is 0.15;
+arrowscale default is 0.1.
+
+\erroronpage{159--160}{}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ \verb|{text}| is very restrictive. In fact it can be a lot of other things.
+ \verb|stuff| in the PSTricks manual was clearer.
+
+\erroronpage{159}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+\verb|\Rnode(x,y){name}{text}| \>
+\verb|\Rnode*[settings]{name}{text}|
+(the syntax had changed in 1994)
+
+\erroronpage{160}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+ncdiag \verb|`rrows| \> `arrows'
+
+\erroronpage{163}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+insert:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pcangles*[settings]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+\pcdiagg*[settings]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{164}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+default for edge is \verb|\ncline|
+
+\erroronpage{165}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+treenodes \> treenodesize
+
+
+\erroronpage{165}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+psxlabel \> pshlabel (twice)
+
+\erroronpage{165}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+psylabel \> psvlabel
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 5 }
+
+\erroronpage{170}{l.8}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ substract \>
+ subtract
+
+\erroronpage{181}{exa 5-5-4}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ The line from $L$ to $\Sigma^L$ in the upper left corner is too
+ long, and overlaps the first $L$.
+
+%\erroronpage{181}{exa 5-5-4}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2}
+% Top-left: The edge starts from coordinate (-1,-1)
+% relative to L, instead of coordinate (?,1).
+% Edges that go upward or leftward have arrows at
+% their end, but not the edges that go downward
+% or rightward. Is this purposely so?
+% Bottom right: Dotted arrow touches the H
+
+\erroronpage{183}{exa 5-5-6}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2}
+ The C / saved d[3] should be framed as well
+
+\erroronpage{188}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{}
+assocated \> associated
+
+\erroronpage{202}{exa 3-3-33}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2}
+ The labels can be better spaced within the
+ windows they get from the curves
+
+\erroronpage{203}{exa 3-3-34}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2}
+ The labels can be better spaced within the
+ windows they get from the curves
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6 }
+
+\erroronpage{206}{l.4}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ On the subject of typesetting rules for scientific texts, consider
+ adding a reference to Beccari (1997), TUGboat 18\#1, pp. 39--48,
+ which was published after the LGC, but should be a good reference
+ anyway.
+
+\erroronpage{206}{l.21}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ texts packages \> texts, packages
+
+\erroronpage{208}{l.-14}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ set of macros are needed \>
+ set of macros is needed
+
+\erroronpage{244}{table}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ The voltmeter symbol looks the same as that of the current source
+ one line above, so you probably got the wrong symbol.
+
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 7 }
+
+\erroronpage{254}{l.7}{BLu}{1998/01/15}{}
+ missing space between `MuTeX' and `to'
+
+\erroronpage{257}{}{AMi}{1997/05/06}{2}
+ The clefs on the left of the staves and a few other symbols like
+ |\allabreve| are positioned too high on the staves. How that could
+ have happened is beyond me---on my last printout before the actual
+ printing it is correct (FMi)
+
+\erroronpage{259}{l.12}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ into an \texttt{music} \>
+ into a \texttt{music}
+
+\erroronpage{259}{-4}{JKr}{1998/08/26}{}
+ delete second ``with'' in ``with with
+ \texttt{\textbackslash r\ldots\ or \textbackslash l\ldots}''
+
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 8 }
+
+\erroronpage{278ff}{11}{MWa}{1998/03/26}{}
+ The chessfont used (chessf10) is not correct. The knight-character used
+in the notation (not for the board) is supposed to look to the right, not
+to the left. If one uses the font chess10f from the bdfchess-package and
+renames it, that font is correct.
+
+\erroronpage{299}{l.-4}{JKr}{1998/08/31}{}
+ In the command description for |\whitepoint| and |\blackpoint| the position
+ and number of stones are reversed. Replace
+ \texttt{\{\textit{n}\}\{\textit{p}\}} with
+ \texttt{\{\textit{p}\}\{\textit{n}\}} twice.
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Color Plates }
+
+\erroronpage{Ic}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ $\approx$ sign missing in print
+
+\erroronpage{IIb}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ that plate doesn't correspond to original!
+ what kind of pink is this by the way?
+
+\erroronpage{IIc}{}{SPQR}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ the triangle has no fill
+
+\erroronpage{IIf}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{}
+ this plate does not correspond to any earlier example. seems
+ to be a combination of two examples in fact
+
+\erroronpage{IIIa}{}{SPQR}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ the circle has no fill
+
+\erroronpage{VIb}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{}
+ what kind of pink is that?
+
+\erroronpage{IX}{}{TJe}{1997/08/26}{}
+ "white" column, "Egypt" row: joie \> joy
+
+\erroronpage{XVII}{}{MGo}{1997/08/31}{}
+ the horizontal lines should be normal width (.4pt)
+
+\erroronpage{XXI}{}{SPQR}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ This is nonsense, all the pics are the same!! they are
+ supposed to show progressive CMYK printing --- somebody thinking
+ very hard during the printing process?
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 9 }
+
+\erroronpage{312}{9.1.1, para 1, l.3 bottom}{MGo}{1997/07/02}{2}
+ ``Isacc Newton'' should be ``Isaac Newton''
+
+\erroronpage{312}{9.1.1, para 2, l.4}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ Thomas Young, a\u{n} English doctor
+
+\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, l.2}{JRi}{1998/04/28}{}
+ ``sub\u{s}tractive'' should be ``subtractive''
+
+\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 1, l.2}{MGo}{1997/07/02}{2}
+ ``output devide'' should be ``output device''
+
+\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 1, l.3}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \textbf{Y}ellow, \u{B}lac\u{\textbf{k}}
+
+\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 1, l.4}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \textbf{B}rightness or \u{\textbf{V}}alue
+
+\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 2, l.2}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ colo\u{rm}etric
+
+\erroronpage{313}{l.-2}{MGo}{1997/07/02}{2}
+ ``phosphoros'' should be ``phosphorous''
+
+\erroronpage{340}{fig}{NBe,FMi}{1997/07/11}{2}
+The difference between these 3 pagestyle examples are nearly
+invisible (plain has a number at the bottom and align has a page
+number on the top-left corner and position marks on the three others.
+
+\erroronpage{341}{l.-9}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ can contains \>
+ can contain
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 10 }
+
+%\erroronpage{354}{table}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+% Replace \textsf{lucbr} by \textsf{lucidabr} for latest PSNFSS?
+%
+% SPQR: not necessarily. they do different things. leave as is
+
+\erroronpage{355}{l.-5}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ Computer Modern, Euler Math, MathTime, and Lucida New Math.
+ \> Computer Modern, Concrete Math, Euler Math, MathTime,
+ and Lucida New Math. (See CTAN:fonts/concmath and
+ CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/concmath)
+
+\erroronpage{355}{l.-2}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ none of Computer Modern, Euler Math or Lucida work \>
+ none of Computer Modern, Euler Math\u{,} or Lucida work\u{s}
+
+\erroronpage{359}{l.18}{AMM}{1998/11/30}{}
+ package file times.sty [the same typeface should be used]
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.15}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ download \>
+ downloaded
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.18}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ organized up \>
+ organized
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.-10}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ (named \texttt{config.}\textit{Short Family Name} (e.g., \>
+ (named \texttt{config.}\textit{Short Family Name}, e.g.,
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.-10}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ Adobe Garamond's short name is \texttt{pag} \> \texttt{pgm}
+ (3 times) (\texttt{pag} is AvantGarde!)
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.-3}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ discusses of how \>
+ discusses how
+
+\erroronpage{366}{l.24}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ 0.0777779 \>
+ 0.077779
+
+\erroronpage{367}{l.14}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Add `might': \ldots\ if any of them is zero it might be omitted.
+
+\erroronpage{368}{l.21}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ CHECKSUM \>
+ FONTCHECKSUM
+
+\erroronpage{382}{l.7}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ ``V\ldots'' should be italic not bold
+
+\erroronpage{382}{l.-11}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ an old distribution of \texttt{dvips}\u{).}
+
+\erroronpage{387}{l.17}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ are left undefined are for use \>
+ are left undefined for use
+
+\erroronpage{392}{para 5, l.10}{DCa,FMi}{1997/06/24}{2}
+ Add \verb=|= twice: \verb!one one |=:|>> exclam ;!
+
+\erroronpage{395}{l.-4}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ creates a \texttt{mtx} \>
+ creates an \texttt{mtx}
+
+\erroronpage{399}{l.-8}{DCa}{1997/06/30}{2}
+ Delete line as it is the same as code line nr 7.
+
+\erroronpage{400}{l.7}{DCa}{1997/06/30}{2}
+ Delete line as it is the same as code line nr 13.
+
+\erroronpage{401}{l.17}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ line numbering should continue with 10
+
+\erroronpage{403}{l.5}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ line numbering should continue with 13
+
+\erroronpage{405}{l.2}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ Is the overfull hbox in ``bold-face math italic'' intentional?
+
+\erroronpage{407}{l.8}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ applies \>
+ apply
+
+\erroronpage{411}{table 10.8}{SPQR}{1998/05/15}{}
+ Fontname code for ``hairline'' should be ``a'' not ``h''.
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 11 }
+
+\erroronpage{426}{table}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ The closing brace in the example about inserting literal
+ PostScript is misplaced. It probably should be:
+ |\special{"newpath 0 0 moveto 100 100 lineto stroke}|
+
+\erroronpage{429}{l.2}{WaS}{2000/09/19}{}
+ Slanting was forgotten; the complete example should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+mbbbo8r Bembo-Bold " .167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont " <8r.enc <mbbb8a.pfb
+\end{verbatim}
+ Replace \texttt{mbbb8r} with \texttt{mbbbo8r} accordingly in line~4.
+
+\erroronpage{434}{11.3, l.5}{BDr}{1997/06/26}{2}
+ to-to-bottom \> top-to-bottom
+
+\erroronpage{442}{11.4, l.3}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ a very few PostScript\u{ }Level 2 features
+
+\erroronpage{446}{l.-17}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ to these. so that \>
+ to these, so that
+
+\erroronpage{446}{l.-14}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ brackets \>
+ parentheses
+
+\erroronpage{448}{l.-4}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ \verb=doc\%02d.tif= \>
+ \verb=doc%02d.tif=
+
+\erroronpage{450}{l.8}{PKa}{1997/09/15}{}
+ \verb=-sShingling= \>
+ \verb=-dShingling=
+
+\erroronpage{450}{sec. 11.4.4}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{}
+ Mention the existance of \textsf{gv} by Johannes Plass, a recent
+ development derived from \textsf{GhostView} by Tim Theissen?
+
+\erroronpage{452}{l.-2}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ Use sans font throughout: \textsf{Adobe Illustrator 3}
+
+\erroronpage{454}{l.9}{AMM}{1998/12/09}{}
+ -Eextension \> -Eexpansion
+
+\erroronpage{461}{l.10}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ preceed \>
+ precede
+
+
+\erroronpage{462}{}{DSe}{1998/12/18}{}
+
+Daniel Sebald suggested to explain in some detail how to use xfig with
+\LaTeX. (So far we haven't checked this method.) He wrote:
+
+The following is a description of how to use xfig to generate
+quality postscript pictures then incorporate \LaTeX{} text. It
+is a bit of a round-about method, but not too bad given the
+flexibility and quality of output. Furthermore, because in
+this method basically the only \LaTeX{} picture element used
+is text (lines, etc. are PostScript) \LaTeX{} runs more efficiently
+than if only \LaTeX{} picture elements are used.
+
+\erroronpage{462}{continued}{DSe}{1998/12/18}{}
+1. Draw the picture in xfig and change the font types to
+ "LaTeX fonts". Use the xfig export feature that will
+ output the nice quality lines, circles, etc. to a PostScript
+ file and export the \LaTeX{} fonts and locations to a
+ separate \LaTeX{} file. The option is called "Combined PS/LaTeX
+ (both parts)". (Remember you must edit the font type
+ to be \LaTeX{} font.) The \LaTeX{} file includes the PostScript
+ file via the |\special| command.
+
+ A neat little trick is to type math using the \LaTeX{}
+ syntax directly on the xfig figure, e.g., |$\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}$|
+ then select "special" under the special flag in the
+ text edit box so that xfig doesn't add extra backslashes to generate
+ such things as |\$|, |\_|, etc. Then when compiling in the next step
+ the result is nicely formatted math text. Granted, the text
+ doesn't look right in xfig, but with only a bit of guessing
+ and using |left/center/right| alignment properly this is
+ no big problem.
+
+ Positioning can be done using the justification in the
+ text edit box to prevent extra white space appearing in
+ the final figure because xfig treats the whole text string
+ when computing figure borders. (If a long string of text
+ obstructs the figure in xfig the hidden flag can be selected
+ in the text edit box to hide the text string from the screen.)
+
+2. Create a simple file such as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{epsfig}
+ \begin{document}
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+ \input{filename.pstex_t}
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ then compile it under \LaTeX{}. Now use dvips to turn this
+ into an encapsulated PostScript file. That is
+\begin{verbatim}
+ > dvips filename -E -o filename.eps
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{462}{continued}{DSe}{1998/12/18}{}
+
+3. In your final document simply treat the generated eps
+ file just as you would any eps file. There are \LaTeX{}
+ packages that allow scaling of such figures. Because
+ the text is now in the eps file it gets scaled accordingly.
+
+ An alternate method instead of step 2 is simply to input
+ |filename.pstex_t| into the final \LaTeX{} document. This works
+ fine but the flexibility of scaling text may not exist.
+
+4. Use your imagination! xfig allows importing PostScript
+ documents. So you can bring in pictures generated by
+ other programs, e.g., Matlab, and add annotation with the
+ method described above.
+
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Appendix A }
+
+\erroronpage{465}{l.-6}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2}
+ this requires \ldots{} are given \>
+ this requires \ldots{} be given
+
+ [Subjunctive, rather than indicative, is called for here,
+ because ``require'' is a condition.]
+
+%\erroronpage{471}{column 2, l.10}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{}
+% \texttt{b3} (braggado) Braggadocio WHAT IS WRONG?????
+
+\erroronpage{471}{column 4, l.8}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ u:N\u{i}mbusMonL
+
+\erroronpage{472}{column 3, l.17}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ u:N\u{i}mbusSanL
+
+\erroronpage{473}{column 4, l.21}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \texttt{rw} (rockwell) Rockwel\u{lS}late
+
+\erroronpage{475ff}{table heading}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ Use uppercase: \u{ISO} Latin
+
+\erroronpage{480}{perthousand}{PGu}{2002/02/24}{}
+ Glyph for perthousand is a small 0 \> should be like 0/00
+
+ Actually, the glyph is a small 0 in in several fonts (the
+ perthousand is then generated internally as a ligature with \%)
+
+\erroronpage{482--487}{Table~A.4}{WaS}{2000/09/26}{}
+ Table~A.4 is lacking the entries for the slots 38 and 139,
+ and slot 89 is listed twice.
+
+ 38 is ampersand throughout.
+
+ 139 is Nacute, guilsinglleft, empty, empty, guilsinglleft, atilde,
+ perthousand in the encodings from left to right.
+
+ The above errors have been added to second (corrected) printing and
+ are not present in the first printing.
+
+\erroronpage{482}{caption}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ the characters ``Table A.4:'' are set in the wrong size (too small)
+
+\erroronpage{484}{l.-3,-4}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ guilsingleft and guilsingright \>
+ guilsinglleft and guilsinglright
+
+\erroronpage{489}{l.8}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \ldots\verb=}{=\textit{de\u{p}th}\verb=}{=\ldots
+
+\erroronpage{491}{l.20}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ you can use expressions such as \verb=\width{=\u{\textit{glyph}}\verb=}=
+
+%\erroronpage{491}{l.20}{FMi}{1997/08/01}{}
+% add extra space in front of this line (and in similar places in
+% that section)
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B }
+
+\erroronpage{498}{}{AOg}{1999/02/27}{}
+ Add \texttt{ctan.tug.org} to the list of CTAN sites (others may
+ need update as well
+
+\erroronpage{498}{l.10}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ it \> is
+
+\erroronpage{506}{l.-8}{SPQR}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ fonts/psfonts/adobe/garamond \>
+ \texttt{CTAN:fonts/psfonts/adobe/garamond}
+
+\erroronpage{506}{l.-11}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ see\u{ }\texttt{http//www.adobe.com./prodindex/framemaker/main.html}
+
+\erroronpage{507}{l.17}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ remove surplus \verb=%=
+
+\erroronpage{507}{l.17}{MGo}{1998/01/16}{}
+ The old URL is obsolete, a new one is
+ \texttt{http://www.imsisoft.com/hijaak/index.html}
+
+\erroronpage{507}{l.-3}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \texttt{CTAN\u{:f}onts/utils/mm}
+
+\erroronpage{508}{l.5}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \texttt{http:\u{//}www.mathworks.com}
+
+\erroronpage{508}{l.11}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ \texttt{CTAN\u{:f}onts/utils/mm}
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography }
+
+\erroronpage{516}{l.12}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2}
+ Do not use typewriter for ``seminar.sty'' or
+ use typewriter also with next item.
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Index }
+
+\erroronpage{523}{graphicx depth key}{PMcJ,FMi}{1998/06/13}{}
+ Spurious entry, depth is no keyword for graphicx package
+
+\erroronpage{529}{pspicture}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Add reference to p.48
+
+\erroronpage{535}{Document classes}{FMi}{1998/04/31}{}
+ Document classes \> Document \u{C}lasses
+
+\erroronpage{543}{graphicx depth key}{FMi}{1998/06/21}{}
+ Spurious entry, depth is no keyword for graphicx package
+
+\erroronpage{546}{\texttt{\textbackslash heat}}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2}
+ Typo: remove and add p.302 to |\heart| instead
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+
+%==========================================================================
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{AMi}{Arno Mittelbach}
+\contributor{AMM}{Alberto Maria Marchetti}
+\contributor{AOg}{Arthur Ogawa}
+\contributor{BBe}{Barbara Beeton}
+\contributor{BDr}{Bernard Drapeau}
+\contributor{BLu}{Ben Lukoschus}
+\contributor{DCa}{David Carlisle}
+\contributor{DGi}{Denis Girou}
+\contributor{DSe}{Daniel Sebald}
+\contributor{EGu}{Eitan Gurari}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{JKr}{J\"urgen Kr\"amer}
+\contributor{JOl}{Jeffrey D. Oldham}
+\contributor{JRi}{Jonathan Rich}
+\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
+\contributor{MWa}{Michael Wanko}
+\contributor{NBe}{Nelson H. F. Beebe}
+\contributor{PGu}{Patrick Gundlach}
+\contributor{PKa}{Peter Kabal}
+\contributor{PMcJ}{Paul McJones}
+\contributor{RFa}{Robin Fairbairns}
+\contributor{SPQR}{Sebastian Rahtz}
+\contributor{TJe}{Tarjei T. Jensen}
+\contributor{TRa}{T.V. Raman}
+\contributor{UMu}{Uwe M\"unch}
+\contributor{UVi}{Ulrik Vieth}
+\contributor{VSc}{Volker RW Schaa}
+\contributor{WaS}{Walter Schmidt}
+\contributor{JUl}{Julian Ullmann}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org\\
+ sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk\\
+ goossens@cern.ch
+\end{quote}
+preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the errata}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ surprisingly \> surprising
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8ef63bb5ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err
@@ -0,0 +1,1088 @@
+\def\readRCS$#1 #2 #3 #4 #5${\def\erratafiledate{#4}}
+\readRCS
+$Id: lb2.err,v 1.23 2006/05/12 11:02:55 mittelba Exp $
+
+\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls}
+% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005 Frank Mittelbach
+% This file is distributed under LPPL
+
+\ProvidesClass{errata}
+ [2005/11/10 v0.9a Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2 Auflage
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2005/09/01}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+% listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the first
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{errata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class
+
+\renewcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errataliste für #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ Druck)\\[10pt]
+ \small Enthält alle Einträge die \printedentries\space #2
+ gemeldet wurden \\
+ (Für andere Zeiträume/Druckausgaben ändert man die \texttt{.cfg}
+ Datei und formatiert erneut.)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata für #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\renewcommand\printedentries{zwischen \erratastartdate\space und}
+
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file
+
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter, zweite Auf\/lage}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\vspace*{-\baselineskip}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book(Pearson:MG05,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter}, edition = 2,
+ note = {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
+ publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2005,
+ pagenums = {1180}, bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
+ isbn = {3-8273-7166-X},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+Diese Errata-Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der
+\LaTeX-Distribution und die neuste Version findet man auf der \LaTeX{}
+Project Webseite unter
+\url{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/}\texttt{\jobname.err}. Dort
+findet man auch einige Abschnitte des Buches als PDF-Dateien.
+
+Die erste Spalte der Tabelle zeigt die Seitennummer des
+Errataeintrags. Hochgestellte Ziffern in der ersten Spalte verweisen
+auf den Nachdruck, in dem der beschriebene Fehler korrigiert wurde
+(ein \textit{s} zeigt, an, dass das Problem bisher nur in den
+"`S"'ourcen korrigiert wurde). Die zweite Spalte beschreibt die genaue
+Position (negative Zeilen- oder Absatznummern werden vom Fuß der Seite
+gezählt). Die dritte Spalte zeigt die Initialen der Person die den
+Fehler zuerst aufgespürt/gemeldet hat.
+
+
+Mithilfe der Konfigurationsdatei \texttt{\jobname.cfg} ist es möglich die
+Liste so anzupassen, dass nur Errataeinträge ab einem
+speziellen Nachdruck oder ab einem gewünschten Datum angezeigt werden.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+ \Large \bfseries Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb
+\end{center}
+
+
+Jeder gefundene und mitgeteilte Fehler ist ein Gewinn für alle Leser
+und Käufer unseres Buches. Aus diesem Grund schreiben wir, Pearson
+Studium und die Autoren, einen Preis aus -- immer halbjährlich -- den
+die Person erhält, die die meisten Fehler innerhalb dieser Zeit findet
+(im Falle einer Überschneidung wird das Los zwischen den "`besten"'
+Fehlersuchern entscheiden). Eine Person kann nur einmal einen Preis
+bekommen; Fehler die durch die Autoren gefunden werden, zählen nicht.
+\begin{center}
+Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl!
+\end{center}
+Auswählen können Sie dieses unter \url{http://www.pearson-studium.de}.
+(Bundles und mehrbändige Bücher sind davon ausgenommen).
+
+Wie üblich behalten sich die Autoren und der Verlag das Recht vor,
+selbst zu entscheiden ob ein Fehler tatsächlich als Fehler anzusehen
+ist oder ob ein öfters vorkommender Fehler als ein oder mehrere Fehler
+gezählt wird.
+
+- Viel Erfolg -
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr@{ Eingaben}}
+Ende der Wettbewerbsperiode & Gewinner \\[4pt]
+2006/04 & Jens Mandavid & 121 \\
+2006/10 & \\
+2007/04 & \\
+2007/10 & \\
+2008/04 & \\
+2008/10 & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{Allgemein }
+
+\iffalse
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+
+ To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+ exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+ for correctly understanding the book contents.
+ \fi
+
+\CHAPTER{Titelei}
+
+
+\erroronpage{iii}{bottom}{MHo}{2005/10/10}{s}
+LB2 mentions the fabled city of ``San Franciso'' which of course
+should be ``Francis\u{c}o''.
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 1}
+
+\erroronpage{3}{Abs.4, Z.4}{JMa}{2005/12/26}{}
+ Ersetze: (NFSS) \> (\textsf{NFSS})
+
+\erroronpage{15}{Abs.5, Z.2}{ESt}{2006/03/11}{s}
+ \texttt{info/examples/lb2} wird nicht gefunden. Kein wirklicher Fehler im
+ Buch, sondern ein Versehen auf CTAN.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 2}
+
+\erroronpage{26}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+ Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl
+heißen: (zum Beispiel \ldots{}
+
+\erroronpage{29}{Abs. nach 2-2-3, Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+ Es muss ``mit unterschiedliche\u{n} Definitionen'' heißen.
+
+\erroronpage{31}{Abs.3, Z.3}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{s}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{33}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{s}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{37}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{39}{Abs.3, Z.4 und Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{42}{Absatz \textit{rechts}, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{56}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es
+wahrscheinlich''.
+
+\erroronpage{60}{Tab.2.3, rechte Spalte, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Hier fehlt zu einer schließenden Klammer die öffnende.
+
+\erroronpage{61}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Kapitel-eintr"age statt Kapite-leintr"age.
+
+\erroronpage{64}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Abschnitts-eintrag statt Abschnitt-seintrag.
+
+\erroronpage{65}{Abs.1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Es muss ``Ein solcher Wechsel'' statt ``Eine solcher Wechsel'' heißen.
+
+\erroronpage{65}{Abs.-2, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Verzeichnis-eintr"age statt Verzeichni-seintr"age.
+
+\erroronpage{70}{Abs.-1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des
+ersten Satzes.
+
+\erroronpage{73}{Abs.2, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{74}{Abs.2, Z.12}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Hier fehlt ein Komma vor ``wenn sie durch''.
+
+\erroronpage{75}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s}
+Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand
+einzuf"ugen''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 3}
+
+\erroronpage{94}{Abs.-3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/06}{s}
+Lösche s aus Grau\u{s}wertproblem
+
+
+\erroronpage{101}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Kein Komma vor und bei einer Aufzählung.
+
+\erroronpage{114}{para 3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{}
+ |\linespread| is the \LaTeXe\ command for
+ setting up the value of |\baselinestretch|; it is not necessary
+ to use |\renewcommand| and in particular it is not necessary to
+ activate the new interline spacing by changing font; it suffices the command
+ |\selectfont|; the procedure described in this paragraph,
+ although still possible, was the one to use with \LaTeX\,209 and with the
+ early versions of \LaTeXe, and it was the only way when the First Edition was
+ published. The command |\linespread| is introduced the first
+ time on page~204, but section 3.1.13 was the right place to do it.
+
+ Wurde im englischen Original im 4ten Druck korrigiert, Text für die deutsche
+ Fassung fehlt noch.
+
+
+\erroronpage{123}{2. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+\ldots die Auswirkung\u{en} von \textsf{perpage} deutlich zu sehen sind.
+
+\erroronpage{143}{3. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Am Ende der Zeile fehlt ein Komma.
+
+\erroronpage{144}{1. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Es muss \u{kein} statt keinen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{147}{Bsp.3-3-19}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter sollte stets mit Bindestrich geschrieben werden.
+
+\erroronpage{158}{Bsp.3-3-28}{FMi/JBez}{2005/09/02}{}
+ The vertical space above ``Return values'' is too small.
+
+ Das ist ein ziemlich versteckter \LaTeX-Fehler, mit dem man momentan noch
+ leben muss.
+
+\erroronpage{163}{Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Ersetze: "`fontenc"' \> "`\textsf{fontenc}"'
+
+\erroronpage{174}{3. Abs, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Ersetze: "`diesen"' \> "`diesem"'
+
+\erroronpage{175}{Z. -4}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`sich"'.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{Abs -1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Es geht um eine Untermenge \u{von} \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{184}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`Beispiel"'.
+
+\erroronpage{192}{3. Abs, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Es soll wohl "`von dieser \u{durch} das Resultat von \ldots"' hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{195}{4. Abs, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Ersetze: "`ausgeben"' \> "`aus\u{ge}geben"'
+
+\erroronpage{197}{2. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s}
+Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en.
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 4}
+
+
+\erroronpage{208}{Z. 1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`zwei Pakete, mit deren"'
+
+\erroronpage{210}{Abs.6, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`abliest), kann man"'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{s}
+ Option \texttt{b3} ist zweifach gelistet.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 5}
+
+
+\erroronpage{243}{}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{}
+ The explanation of the command \comando{\arraystretch} is
+ wrong; in fact it does not multiply the inter-row space by the specified
+ factor, so that a factor of 1.5 would move the rows 50\% farther apart.
+ \comando{\arraystretch} scales by the specified factor the height and depth of
+ the invisible strut that is in the first cell of every row of tabular and array
+ environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect
+ is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at
+ least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes
+ place other than that required by the largest cell.
+
+ Wurde im englischen Original im 4ten Druck korrigiert, Text für die deutsche
+ Fassung fehlt noch.
+
+\erroronpage{249}{Abs.3 in 5.1.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s}
+Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses
+Abschnitts.
+
+\erroronpage{253}{Z. -2}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s}
+Kein Komma vor "`erzeugt wurden"'
+
+\erroronpage{269}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 6}
+
+
+\erroronpage{292}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{MSch}{2006/01/04}{s}
+ Füge hinzu: "`z.B. bedeutet \u{\texttt{0.2}}, dass 20\% von Gleitobjekten
+ belegt sein darf"'
+
+\erroronpage{301}{Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Hilfsdatei, in der"'
+
+\erroronpage{301}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Falsche Anf"uhrungszeichen bei "`eingerahmt"'
+
+\erroronpage{302}{exa 6-3-1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{}
+The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
+to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
+
+\erroronpage{304}{Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Es muss "`in den Abschnitten\u{n} 6.2.1 bzw. 6.2.2"' hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{304}{Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"'
+hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{315}{Abs.-3,Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von "`Bed"urfnisse\u{n}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{318}{Bsp.6-5-2, Abb.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
+
+\erroronpage{319}{Bsp.6-5-3, Tab.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
+
+\erroronpage{321}{Option \texttt{position}}{FMi/JS}{2005/09/14}{s}
+ Beschreibe, dass der Schlüssel \texttt{bottom} die Voreinstellung ist.
+
+\erroronpage{322}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Streiche ein "`es"'.
+
+\erroronpage{327}{Abs.-1, Z.3 und Z.5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s}
+Ersetze: \textsl{typ} \> \textsl{klasse}
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 7}
+
+\erroronpage{340}{Fußnote 2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`verwandelt, ist dabei"'
+
+\erroronpage{344}{Abs.3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Schließende Klammer nach "`Abbildung 7.3"' fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{348}{Abs.-1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Pa-ketnamen statt Pak-etnamen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{349}{}{FMi}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Änderung auf Seite 348 ändert Seitenumbruch.
+
+\erroronpage{352}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"'
+
+\erroronpage{356}{Bsp.7-3-7}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{}
+Ersetze: NFSS \> \textsf{NFSS}
+
+\erroronpage{362}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Streiche das mittlere s in Symbol\u{s}fonts.
+
+\erroronpage{364}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Ersetze: hinzu-f"ugt \> hinzu-\u{ge}f"ugt
+
+\erroronpage{367}{Ab.-2, Z.-1}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
+ Der Abstand vor dem Punkt am Satzende ("`T1-Kodierung ."') ist zu
+ entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{371}{Abs. \texttt{cp437de}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Falsche Anführungszeichen beim \ss
+
+\erroronpage{371}{Abs \texttt{utf8}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Das Leerzeichen vor dem Punkt ist zu entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{394}{letzte Z.}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
+ Der Abstand vor der schlie\ss enden Klammer ("`in Abschnitt 7.5.4 )"')
+ ist zu entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{404}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Streiche das n aus Name\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{406}{Abs.3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`werden, normalerweise ohnehin"'
+
+\erroronpage{407}{Bsp. 7-7-21, 7-7-22}{TNdz}{2006/01/20}{s}
+ Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich
+ verschiedene \ldots"´
+
+\erroronpage{416}{Kapitel 7.8.6, Z.8}{RSi}{2005/12/07}{s}
+ Leerzeichen nach dem kleinen Omega (|\textscomega|) fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{420}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Ersetze: L"ander \> L"ander\u{n}
+
+\erroronpage{420}{Abs.4, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Streiche eines der beiden "`auf"'.
+
+\erroronpage{422}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`zur Verf"ugung, um auf die"'
+
+\erroronpage{423}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Ersetze: zum \> zu
+
+\erroronpage{428}{Tabelle 7.27, Z.~1}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{s}
+ Ersetze: \dq`Cork\dq'-Kodierung durch "`Cork"'-Kodierung
+
+\erroronpage{428}{Abs1., Z.4-5}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Pro-zent statt Proz-ent hei\ss{}en.
+
+
+\erroronpage{435}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma vor "`werden"'
+
+\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Streiche das s aus Namen\u{s}
+
+\erroronpage{454}{Abs.4, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Ersetze: dass \> das
+
+\erroronpage{454}{Abs.5, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Ersetze: dier \> die
+
+\erroronpage{456}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Befehle, die"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Zeichen, die in"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`solchen, die in"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.4, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Fehlendes Komma vor "`wurden"'
+
+\erroronpage{464}{Abs.1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Ak-zentzeichen statt Akz-entzeichen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{468}{Tab.7.33}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{s}
+Die "'Tabellen"uberschrift"` ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 8}
+
+\erroronpage{496}{Abs.2, Z.1/2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s}
+Trennfehler: Mark-up sieht deutlich besser aus als Mar-kup.
+
+\erroronpage{504}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s}
+Kein Komma vor "`oder"' bei einer Aufz"ahlung.
+
+
+\erroronpage{507}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s}
+Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von Paket\u{es}.
+
+\erroronpage{510}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`Tabelle"'.
+
+\erroronpage{516}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s}
+Streiche ein "`die"'.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 9}
+
+\erroronpage{560}{2. Snippet}{MSch/FMi}{2006/01/06}{s}
+ Der vertikale Abstand vor dem Codebeispiel ist im Verh"altnis zum
+ darauffolgenden Abstand erheblich zu gro\ss.
+
+ Und zudem die Seite eine Zeile zu lang.
+
+
+\erroronpage{563}{Abs.1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/014}{s}
+Die "offnende Klammer fehlt vor "`zum Beispiel"'.
+
+\erroronpage{565}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von sprachspezifische\u{n}.
+
+
+\erroronpage{567}{tab 9.3}{FMi/CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
+ I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
+
+ Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
+ know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
+ moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
+ I got a translation ``s\l ownik termin{\'o}w'' which will eventually
+ find its way into Babel.
+
+ Tja, so gehts. Auch als das deutsche Buch gesetzt wurden waren die Begriffe
+ auch noch nicht bekannt.
+
+\erroronpage{579}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s}
+Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von ein\u{es}.
+
+\erroronpage{590}{Abs.1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s}
+Wenn "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich
+besser aus.
+
+\erroronpage{599}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s}
+Zu der schließenden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 10}
+
+
+\erroronpage{628}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Der Bruch $\displaystyle\frac{\pi}{2}$ ragt in die Zeile darunter.
+
+\erroronpage{638}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von ausf"uhrliche\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{647}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von vertikale\u{r}.
+
+\erroronpage{661}{Abs.-3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Ersetze: "`verf"ugt"' \> "`verf"ugen"'
+
+\erroronpage{661}{para -2, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{s}
+ Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben. Die korrekte Schreibweise
+ ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh"'.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 11}
+
+\erroronpage{686}{Abs.-2, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{691}{Abs.4, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Ersetze: "`eigene"' \> "`eigenen"'
+
+\erroronpage{697}{Abs. \texttt{-o} \textsl{ind}}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Streiche die letzten Buchstaben von Verwendung\u{Index}.
+
+\erroronpage{703}{Z.2}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{s}
+ Extra Buchstabe: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
+ |\markboth|
+
+\erroronpage{704}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von Teil\u{s}.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 12}
+
+\erroronpage{709}{Abs.3, Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Entferne das Komma vor l"asst.
+
+\erroronpage{711}{Abs.2, Z.3/4}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Trennfehler: Schreibe Layout-richtlinien statt Layou-trichtlinien.
+
+\erroronpage{717}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`definieren"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{719}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`mit dessen Hilfe"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{721}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die nicht unterst"utzt"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{728}{Abs.2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Es hei\ss{}t \u{der} Apostroph, nicht "`das"'.
+
+\erroronpage{734}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein "offnende Klammer vor "`zum Beispiel"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{735}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{737}{Abs.-3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die normalerweise"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{740}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von wurde\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{745}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Ersetze: "`ein solche"' \> "`eine solche"'
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Abs.-4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{752}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Zur schlie\ss{}enden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
+
+\erroronpage{752}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Streiche die letzten drei Buchstaben von "`aufauf"'.
+
+\erroronpage{755}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Ersetze: "`eine vollst"andigen"' \> "`einen vollst"andigen"'
+
+\erroronpage{763}{Abs.3, Z.6}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{767}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Ersetze: "`L"adt"' \> "`l"adt"'
+
+\erroronpage{772}{Tab.12.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die eine bestimmte Wahl"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{777}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Füge einen Punkt nach "`zeigt"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{781}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s}
+Ersetze: "`Diese"' \> "`Dieses"'
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 13}
+
+\erroronpage{791}{Tab.13.1, \texttt{inbook}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "'oder"`.
+
+\erroronpage{792}{Tab13.2, \texttt{crossref}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`auf den"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{795/796}{mehrere Stellen}{FMi/DAl}{2005/09/12}{s}
+ Der Name "`Miguel Lopez Fernandez"' sollte durch "`Miguel Parra Benavides"'
+ ersetzt werden, da der bisher verwendete eigentlich Akzente besitzen würde,
+ die an der Stelle im Buch noch nicht diskutiert wurden.
+
+\erroronpage{796}{Abs.-5, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+F"uge einen Punkt nach "`erscheinen"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{799}{Abs.-2, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Streiche das Komma vor "'und"`.
+
+\erroronpage{802}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Streiche das Komma vor "'und"`.
+
+\erroronpage{819}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Ersetze: BibTexMng \> \textsf{BibTexMng}
+
+\erroronpage{820}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Streiche das Komma nach \texttt{size}.
+
+\erroronpage{821}{Tab.13.4, Z.-4}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "'Fachzeitschriften"` ein. Ferner ist die
+"'Tabellen"uberschrift"` nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+\erroronpage{828}{Tab. 13.5, Z. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
+ Donald Ervin Knuths Name ist falsch geschrieben. Ersetze: "`Erwin"' \>
+ "`Ervin"'
+
+\erroronpage{830}{Tab.13.6}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Ersetze: Italienische \> Italienisch
+
+\erroronpage{832}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{839}{Tab.13.8, \texttt{substring}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+F"uge ein Leerzeichen vor "`hat"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{842}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s}
+Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist
+zu viel.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 14}
+
+\erroronpage{853}{Tab.14.1}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{s}
+Die "'Tabellen"uberschrift"` ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+\erroronpage{858}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+F"uge ein "'zu"` zwischen "'Kommentare"` und "'entfernen"` ein.
+
+\erroronpage{865}{1. Snippet, Z. 2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{}
+ Ersetze: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
+
+\erroronpage{865}{l.-7}{FMi/HjG}{2005/09/02}{}
+ Underline, as it is command line input.
+
+\erroronpage{871}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+Ersetze entg"ultig \> endg"ultig
+
+\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+Ersetze Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{891}{Tab.A.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "'der eine feste oder"` ein.
+
+\erroronpage{906}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+Ersetze \textsl{text} \> \textsl{test}
+
+\erroronpage{909}{Abs.2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "'ob"` ein.
+
+\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "'wird"` ein.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang A}
+
+\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{s}
+Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{888}{fig A.1, l.4}{FMi/JAn}{2005/09/09}{}
+ ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"'
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliographie}
+
+\erroronpage{1026}{[128]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{s}
+ Der Titel lautet: ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
+
+\erroronpage{1030}{[162]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{s}
+
+ Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben (Akzente) . Die
+ korrekte Schreibweise ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}
+ Th\`anh"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1030}{[159]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{}
+
+ Außerdem ist "`Han"' der Familienname müsste also korrekterweise unter H
+ einsortiert werden (letzteres lässt sich aber nur schwer korrigieren, da
+ dann nahezu das gesamte Buch neu gesetzt werden müsste).
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+
+\erroronpage{1033}{2. Absatz, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{}
+Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden.
+
+\iffalse Nicht wirklich, aber auch nicht schoen so ... mal sehen
+
+\erroronpage{1068}{"`Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen"'}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{}
+ Die beiden Einträge zu Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen sind durch
+ die Verwendung unterschiedlicher Trennzeichen falsch sortiert;
+ vertausche "`negierte, mathematische Symbole"' und "`mathematische
+ Symbole"'.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{1088}{rechte Spalte}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{}
+Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden.
+
+\CHAPTER{Biographien}
+
+\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{}
+ l"osche g aus Dok\u{g}umente
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle die Fehler oder Auslassungen
+ gemeldet haben. Gelistet sind jeweils die Personen die ein Problem
+ zuerst entdeckt haben. Einige Fehler wurden im englischen Original
+ gefunden, weshalb auch ein paar Namen ohne Fehlerzahl auftauchen.]
+%\contributor{J-CCh}{Jean-C\^ome Charpentier}
+\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez Vazquez}
+\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
+\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
+\contributor{ESt}{Eckhard Stein}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
+\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
+\contributor{JMa}{Jens Mandavid}
+\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
+\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
+\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
+\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
+\contributor{RSi}{Roman Sigg}
+\contributor{SZi}{Stefan Ziesemer}
+\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Sollten Sie einen weiteren Fehler entdecken, melden Sie diesen bitte an
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+wenn möglich gleich in der für diese Datei benötigte Form, d.h.
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitennummr}|}{|\textit{Zeilenidentifikation}|}{|%
+ \textit{Initialen}|}{|\textit{JJJJ/MM/DD}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Fehlers}
+\end{flushleft}
+Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{Abs.3, Z.1}{MOs}{2005/09/01}{}
+ Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"'
+\end{verbatim}
+Die Verwendung von Babelkommandos (etwa |"`|) ist möglich, aber Umlaute
+sollten möglichst nicht als 8-bit Zeichen eingegeben werden (also besser |"a|
+oder |\"a|) um Probleme mit der Kodierung zu verhindern.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea2a2435c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\newcommand{\reportedby}[2]{{\small [First reported by #1 on \mbox{#2}.]}}
+\newcommand{\erratum}[1]{\subsubsection*{#1}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% MODIFICATION DATE %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% %
+% Defines \moddate to expand to modification date such as %
+% %
+% 5 Aug 1991 %
+% %
+% and \prdate to print it in a large box. Assumes editor %
+% updates modification date in standard SRC Gnu Emacs style. %
+% (should work for any user name). %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\ypmd{% %
+% %
+% %
+ Last modified on Wed 18 Jan 2006 at 13:17:43 PST by lamport %
+ endypmd} %
+% %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\moddate}{\expandafter\xpmd\ypmd} %
+\def\xpmd Last modified %
+on #1 #2 #3 #4 at #5:#6:#7 #8 by #9 endypmd{#2 #3 #4} %
+\newcommand{\prdate}{\noindent\fbox{\Large\moddate}} %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\newcommand{\mytt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}
+\newcommand{\cindex}{\index}
+\newcommand\bs{\char '134 } % A backslash character for \tt font
+
+\title{Errata to the Second Edition of the \LaTeX\ Manual}
+\author{Leslie Lamport}
+\date{\moddate}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\noindent These are all the errors and omissions to the manual,
+\LaTeX: {\em A Document Preparation System}, second edition, published
+by Addison-Wesley, reported as of \moddate. Positions in the book are
+indicated by page and line number, where the top line of a page is
+number 1 and the bottom line is number $-1$. A running head and a
+page number are not considered to be lines, but all other lines are.
+Please report any additional errors to me. My current email address
+can be found at
+{\tt http://lamport.org}.
+
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the First Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 25, example of \texttt{verse} environment}
+Replace \verb|{\em all\/}| by \verb|\emph{all}|.
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 28, first paragraph}
+Not an error, but it would be
+helpful to add the following sentence to the end of that paragraph:
+ ``(If a declaration has arguments, they become additional
+arguments of the corresponding environment's \verb|\begin| command.)''
+
+
+\erratum{page 33, line 10}
+Add \verb|\]| to the list of fragile commands.
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 43, table 3.5}
+Add an entry for \verb|\notin| ($\notin$).
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 72, two examples}
+Change \verb|{\em ...}| to \verb|\emph{...}|
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 101}
+This is not an error, but some readers will find it helpful if, in the
+descriptions of \verb|\setlength| and \verb|\addtolength|,
+\verb|\gnat| were replaced by \verb|\parskip|.
+ \reportedby{Ellen Gilkerson}{9 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 108, lines 7 and 10}
+This is not an error, but it might be easier to understand
+the example if \verb|\len| were replaced by something like \verb|\saved|.
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 139, lines $-8$ and $-9$}
+
+The funny break between these two lines should be eliminated.
+\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 177, line $-12$}
+
+The \verb|twocolumn| option cannot be used with the \verb|letters|
+class.
+
+\erratum{page 197, lines 7 and 9}
+
+The \verb|figure*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{figure*}|, and
+the \verb|table*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{table*}|.
+\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 228}
+
+Add a note that, before running a LaTeX2.09 file in compatibility mode
+in LaTeX2e, you should delete the old versions of the auxiliary files.
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Second Printing}
+
+\erratum{page xv, line 10}
+``Chris Rowley'' should come after ``Sebastian Rahtz''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{24 April 1995}
+
+
+
+\erratum{page 29, line $-10$}
+Change ``error indicator line'' to ``error locator line''.
+\reportedby{Xavier Perramon}{2 Jan 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 37, lines 26--28}
+Change the two sentences ``None of these \ldots formula.'' to:
+\begin{quote}
+These text-producing commands can be used in math mode to put ordinary
+text in a formula. (When the command is used in math mode, its
+argument is processed in LR mode.) The declarations cannot be used in
+math mode. Section 3.3.8 explains how to change the type style of a
+formula's math-mode symbols.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Mike Piff}{7 Mar 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 39, line 6}
+Replace ``any mode'' with ``paragraph and LR mode''. Also,
+after line 8, add:
+\begin{quote}
+The commands \verb|\dag|, \verb|\ddag|, \verb|\S|, and \verb|\P|
+can also be used in math mode.
+\end{quote}
+
+\erratum{page 53, line 24}
+Change ``are needed in the'' to ``are used in the''
+\reportedby{Mike Piff}{21 Oct 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 80, line 1}
+The section heading should not be outdented.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{23 Jan 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 83, line $-8$}
+Change ``\verb|\resettime|'' to ``\verb|\settime|''.
+
+\erratum{page 84, after line $11$} Add the following sentence: ``The
+\hbox{\verb|\onlyslides|} and \hbox{\verb|\onlynotes|} commands may
+not work right if a \texttt{slide}, \texttt{overlay}, or \texttt{note}
+environment appears in the argument of any command.''
+\reportedby{Eike Ritter}{May 1996}
+
+\erratum{page 153, line 1}
+Add ``or subentry'' after ``entry''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{22 Feb 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 171}
+Add the following before line $-4$:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\mytt \bs columnwidth]
+Normal width
+ \cindex{columnwidth}%
+of a column;
+% \index{column!width}%
+ \index{width!of column}%
+equals \verb|\textwidth| except for multiple-column styles.
+Its value should not be changed with the length-setting commands.
+\end{description}
+Also, in line $-4$, change \verb|\textwidth| to \verb|\columnwidth|.
+%\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmav}{20 Jan 1995}
+\reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{9 Sep 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 180, lines 15--19}
+%
+Replace these five lines (which begin ``These commands are overridden'')
+with:
+\begin{itemize} \item[]
+To override a heading on a right-hand page (any page for one-sided
+printing), put a \verb|\markright| after the sectioning command and in
+its mandatory argument, and add an optional argument without the
+\verb|markright|, as in
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[]
+ \verb|\chapter[Gnu Scents]{Gnu Scents\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}}|\\
+ \verb|\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}|
+\end{itemize}
+To change the heading on a left-hand page, put a \verb|\markboth|
+command immediately after the sectioning command.
+\end{itemize}
+\reportedby{Jerome Breitenbach}{14 Dec 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 182}
+The dimensions
+\verb|\pageheight| and \verb|\pagewidth|
+should be \verb|\paperheight| and \verb|\paperwidth|,
+respectively. (The index entries on page 260 should also be changed.)
+\reportedby{Alan Jeffrey, on behalf of a user}{12 Sep 1995}
+\erratum{page 192, line 19}
+Change ``\emph{cmd}'' to ``\emph{def}''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{9 Mar 1995}
+
+
+\erratum{page 195, line 14}
+Change ``numbered `within' it'' to ``numbered directly `within' it''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{5 Dec 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 197, line 14}
+After ``\verb|\textwidth|'' add ``or \verb|\columnwidth|''
+\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmann}{22 Jan 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 226}
+
+After line 7, add
+\begin{quote}
+These declarations may not be used in math mode.
+\end{quote}
+Replace lines 16-19 (beginning ``None of these commands'') with
+\begin{quote}
+When these commands are used in math mode, the \emph{text}
+argument is processed in LR mode.
+
+These commands and declarations are robust. Words typeset in
+typewriter style are not hyphenated except where permitted by \verb|\-|
+commands.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Marc Lavine}{22 Aug 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 228}
+To the section ``Type Styles and Sizes'', add the following sentence:
+A few mathematical symbols now require the \texttt{latexsym} package---see
+Tables 3.4--3.7.
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Sixteenth Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 42, line 14}
+Change ``through a symbol'' by ``through a relation symbol''.
+\reportedby{Frank Mittelbach}{15 Nov 1996}
+
+\erratum{page 42, Table 3.4}
+\verb|\land| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\wedge|, and
+\verb|\lor| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\vee|.
+\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{28 Oct 1998}
+
+\erratum{page 43, Table 3.7}
+\verb|\lnot| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\neg|.
+\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998}
+
+\erratum{page 137} This is not an error, but it would be better to
+change lines 23 and 24 to:
+\begin{quote}
+\LaTeX\
+ \index{file!not found error}%
+ \index{file!nonexistent}%
+is trying to read a file that apparently doesn't exist. If the missing
+file has the extension \texttt{tex}, then \LaTeX\ is trying to
+ \index{input)@\verb+\input+!of nonexistent file}%
+ \index{include)@\verb+\include+!of nonexistent file}%
+\verb|\input| or \verb|\include| it; if it
+\end{quote}
+
+\erratum{page 171, line 19}
+Change the description of \verb|\indent| to:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\mytt \bs indent]
+Produces a
+% \cindex{indent}%
+% \index{paragraph!indentation}%
+horizontal space whose width equals the width of the
+paragraph indentation. It can be used to add a paragraph indentation
+where one would otherwise be suppressed. (If it doesn't work,
+try typing \verb|\indent\indent|.) Robust.
+\end{description}
+\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998}
+
+\erratum{page 179, line 19}
+%
+Change to:
+\begin{quote}
+page style for the \texttt{article} and \texttt{report} document classes.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Stephen J. Alter}{17 Sep 1997}
+
+\erratum{page 195, line 28}
+Replace ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_1$ are numbers''
+with ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_2$ are numbers''.
+\reportedby{Magnus Lewis-Smith}{14 Jan 1999}
+
+\erratum{page 196, line $-5$}
+Change \verb|\newboolean{|\emph{name}\verb|}| to
+\verb|\newboolean{|\emph{nam}\verb|}|.
+\reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000}
+
+
+\erratum{page 198, line 14}
+Change ``it will not be printed'' to ``it will usually not be printed''.
+
+\erratum{page 218, line $-14$}
+Change ``\texttt{tabular}'' to ``\texttt{tabbing}''.
+\reportedby{Carlos Pita}{27 Aug 2001}
+
+\erratum{foldout, column 3, line 3}
+Replace \emph{style} with \emph{class}. \reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000}
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Seventeenth Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 51, line 8}
+Change ``The \verb|\,| command'' to ``The \verb|\,| and \verb*|\ | commands''.
+\reportedby{Phillip J Shelton}{2 Jul 1999}
+
+\erratum{page 61, second example (middle of page)}
+Remove the \verb|\mbox{}| following the \texttt{tabbing} environment.
+\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003}
+
+\erratum{page 210, line 20}
+Add a space after ``bibliography''.
+\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003}
+
+\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-First Printing}
+\erratum{page 198, line $-11$}
+The sentence beginning ``The last three rules'' is hard to read. Better
+would be:
+\begin{quote}
+\noindent The last three rules are suspended when a
+ \verb|\clearpage|,\linebreak
+ \verb|\cleardoublepage|, or
+ \verb|\end{document}| command occurs,
+at which point all unprocessed figures and tables are allowed a
+\hbox{\mytt p} option and printed.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Paul Stanford}{9 Oct 2004}
+
+\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-Second Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 253, column 2, lines $-5$ and $-6$}
+
+The two index entries for \verb|\ldots| should be combined.
+
+
+\reportedby{Christopher Dutchyn}{22 July 2005}
+
+\end{document}
+
+%try
+%try
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72e8b551a06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err
@@ -0,0 +1,4499 @@
+\def\readRCS$#1 #2 #3 #4 #5${\def\erratafiledate{#4}}
+\readRCS
+$Id: tlc2.err,v 1.88 2006/05/18 09:48:54 mittelba Exp $
+
+\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls}
+% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005 Frank Mittelbach
+% This file is distributed under LPPL
+
+\ProvidesClass{errata}
+ [2005/11/10 v0.9a Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Companion, Second Edition
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries are typeset (for a
+% specified printing)
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2004/04/22}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+% listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+\renewcommand\myprinting{2} % 3rd printing was without corrections
+\renewcommand\myprinting{4} % September 2005
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{errata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book(A-W:MG04,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ edition = 2,
+ note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+ year = 2004,
+ pagenums = {1120},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {0-201-36299-6},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
+distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
+project site at \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/\jobname.err}
+where you will also find extracts of the book.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
+correction in the sources only). The second
+column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
+are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
+first finder of the problem.
+
+You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
+you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
+
+\begin{center}
+ \Large \bfseries To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
+\end{center}
+
+Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
+For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (every
+half year for 6 periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
+number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
+will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
+A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
+the authors do not count.
+
+Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
+AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that
+is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
+
+
+As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
+decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
+competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
+multiple errors. ---
+Good luck!
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr@{ suggestions}}
+Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
+2004/10 & Hubert G\"a\ss lein & 287 \\
+2005/04 & Ulrich Dirr & 11 \\
+2005/10 & Daniel Alonso i Alemany & 13 \\
+2006/04 & Michael Schutte & 2 \\
+2006/10 & \\
+2007/04 &
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{General }
+
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+
+ To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+ exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+ for correctly understanding the book contents.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{}
+
+ Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
+ between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
+ to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
+ runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{}
+ Slightly updated examples matching the second printing will be made
+ available at CTAN: \texttt{info/examples/tlc2}. The book CD will
+ have the original examples from the first printing.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Front matter}
+
+\erroronpage{iv}{bottom}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Some updates indicating second printing (with corrections)
+
+\erroronpage{v}{l.7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ For the record: the term ``for ever'' is the British spelling and a
+ conscious decision.
+
+\erroronpage{xiii}{\S 8.6.2}{FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names''
+
+\erroronpage{xxiii}{11.2}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{2}
+ Change table caption: ``Languages supported by \u{\texttt{texindy}}''
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.1+6+7}{CAR}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Each time a space is missing between package names in parentheses.
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.-2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Add: ``Thorsten Hansen (\textsf{bibunits}\u{, \textsf{multibib}})
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{NBe}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace ``Wai Wing'' with ``Wai Wong'' (very sorry for this typo).
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{MHCL/CAR}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Kai Tek airport is correctly named Kai Tak airport but the photo
+ was actually taken at Hong Kong International Airport
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{after para 4}{FMi}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Add following paragraph:
+``Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our
+book. We would therefore like to thank those readers who reported
+any of the mistakes which had been overlooked so far.
+The latest version of the errata file can
+be found on the \LaTeX{} project site at
+\texttt{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2.err} where you will also
+find an on-line version of the index and other extracts from the book.''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 1}
+
+\erroronpage{2}{para 5, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace: LaTeX \> \LaTeX{}
+
+\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing word and wrong designation of acronym:
+ ``\ldots\
+ languages such \u{as} the \u{Portable Document} Format (PDF)
+ \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{MSc/CAR}{2004/06/06}{2}
+Replace: ``\ldots produce other device-independent
+ output forms in proprietary languages such as the Portable Document
+ Format~(PDF) (extension~\texttt{.pdf}).'' \> \\
+ ``\ldots produce device-independent
+ file formats including the Portable Document Format~(PDF)
+ (extension~\texttt{.pdf}), which is the native file format of Adobe
+ Acrobat.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{13}{para -2, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace ``writes'' with ``write''.
+
+%\erroronpage{13}{last para, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/08}{}
+% ``blue notes`` vertically misaligned
+
+\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
+
+\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``or'' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{14}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``d'' in ``document'' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{14}{exa 1-3-5, l.6}{DHL}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``i'' in ``\verb=\section='' not visible.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 2}
+
+\erroronpage{16}{para 4,ll.2--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ Nitpicking? Code for class options will not be in a package file!\\
+ ``Code for \u{class} options is sometimes stored in files
+ (in \u{this case} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but is normally
+ directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).''
+ \>\\
+ ``Code for options is sometimes stored in files
+ (in \u{the case of classes} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but
+ is normally
+ directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).''
+
+\erroronpage{16}{para 4, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/10/10}{4}
+ Although not wrong, better:
+ ``For example,
+ the option \texttt{11pt} \u{might be} related to
+ \u{\texttt{art11.clo}} when\ldots''
+ \>
+ ``For example,
+ the option \texttt{11pt} \u{is} related to
+ \u{\texttt{size11.clo}} when\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{20}{para 1, l.-2}{BMo}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped: ``\ldots can achieve \u{this effect} by
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{20}{footnote, l.2}{MSc/FMi}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Replace ``e.g.,'' with ``i.e.,''
+
+\erroronpage{21}{para 1 of 2.1.4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``\ldots package \u{created by} Donald Arseneau.''
+
+\erroronpage{24}{para -2,ll.-3\slash -2}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ \LaTeX{}nically not correct:\\
+ ``\u{all} lower-level counter\u{s} (i.e., \u{those} with
+ higher-level number\u{s}) \u{are} reset.''\>\\
+ ``\u{the next} lower-level counter (i.e., \u{that} with \u{the next}
+ higher-level number) \u{is} reset.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{26}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Misplaced closing brace (see example 2-2-3):\\
+ \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname\hspace{0.5em}=%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}
+ \>
+ \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname=%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}\verb=\hspace{0.5em}=
+
+\erroronpage{27}{exa 2-2-4}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Rewrite example text to avoid overfull hbox.
+
+\erroronpage{27}{para -2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing italic correction:
+ \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark=
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{28}{afterskip item, ll.3--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ \LaTeX{}nically not correct (cf.\ latex/3463):\\
+ ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\geq0$) or a
+ run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}<0$) is produced.''\>\\
+ ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}>0$) or a
+ run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\leq0$) is produced.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{32}{para -1,l.4--7}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Replace: ``The modified |\section| command
+also starts a new page, which is typeset with a special page style
+(see Chapter~4) and with
+top floats suppressed.
+The indentation of the first paragraph in a
+section is also suppressed by using the low-level kernel command
+ |\@afterheading| and setting
+the Boolean switch \texttt{@afterindent} to \texttt{false}.
+For details on the use of these commands see the |\chapter| implementation in
+the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Replace code as follows to make statement on p.32 true:\\
+\hspace{0pt minus\linewidth}\begin{minipage}{1.35\linewidth}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter
+ \renewcommand\appendix{%
+ \renewcommand\section{% % Redefinition of \section...
+ \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}% % new page, folio bottom
+ \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse % no top floats, no indent
+ \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}% % call \Appendix or \sAppendix
+ \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+ \newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{% % Complex form:
+ \refstepcounter{section}% % step counter/ set label
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}% % generate toc entry
+ {\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}%
+ {\raggedleft\large\bfseries \appendixname\ % typeset the title
+ \thesection\par \centering#2\par}% % and number
+ \@afterheading % prepare indentation handling
+ \sectionmark{#1}% % add to running header
+ \addvspace{\baselineskip}} % space after heading
+
+ \newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% % Simplified (starred) form
+ {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}%
+ \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+
+\erroronpage{30}{para-3, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ ``page 426'' should be ``page 428''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Definitions of \verb=\Appendix= and \verb=\sAppendix= use
+ \verb=\flushright= instead of \verb=\raggedleft=!
+
+ Editorial note: already addressed in previous major change.
+
+\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Text contains two spaces after period (not wrong but unnecessary).
+
+\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Comment only needs one \% not two.
+
+% not really a bug but ...
+\erroronpage{35}{para 1}{hajk}{2005/09/29}{}
+ Package fncychap also makes unwanted ``Chapter 0'' heading for
+ |\chapter{Preface}| in |\frontmatter| of book.
+
+ Comment: I don't really consider this a bug (as it is not surprising
+ with such designs) but will see if it can be explicitly mentioned.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{45}{para 2, l.13}{DHL}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ In the displayed code, the second occurrence of
+ ``\verb=\renewcommand\theBhead=\dots'' \>
+ ``\verb=\renewcommand\theChead=\dots''
+
+\erroronpage{37}{para 3, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/10/21}{4}
+ Replace: ``\ldots title in lowercase'' \>
+ ``\ldots title in \u{small capitals}''
+
+\erroronpage{46}{para -2,l.3}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ Delete: ``need\u{ed}'' \> ``need''
+
+\erroronpage{48}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Delete doubled word:
+ ``(\ldots\ to the \u{the} table of contents)''
+
+\erroronpage{49}{para 3, l.2}{DHL/CAR}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``Thereby, the result of'' \>
+ ``The exact effect of''
+
+\erroronpage{50}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Add remark:
+ ``\ldots, so that the standard document classes have definitions
+ for \verb=\l@part= and \verb=\l@chapter=
+ \u{(or \texttt{\char`\\l@section} with \textsf{article})}
+ that do not use \verb=\@dottedtocline=.''
+
+\erroronpage{50}{para --1}{FMi}{2004/10/22}{4}
+ Replace para with:
+ The nesting level of the entry.
+ With the help of the counter \texttt{tocdepth} the user can
+ control how many nesting levels will be displayed.
+ Levels greater than the value of this counter
+ will not appear in the table of contents.
+
+
+\erroronpage{51}{fig.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ The lines of the ``heading text'' are wrapped at a place different
+ from that indicated by the \verb=|<- \@tocrmarg ->|=.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of
+ \texttt{\textbackslash
+ @pnumwidth}}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4}
+ Needs changing with |\renewcommand|!
+
+\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of
+ \texttt{\textbackslash @tocrmarg}}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Add additional sentence:
+ ``It can be set to a rubber length, which results in the TOC being set
+ unjustified.''
+
+\erroronpage{51}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/09/19}{4}
+ Add: ``\ldots See Section 7.10.3 \u{on page 428} for more\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 2, exa}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4}
+ As |\@pnumwidth| is actually a macro the assignment using
+ |\settowidth| unfortunately doesn't work at all.
+ Instead a value needs to be assigned via |\renewcommand|.
+
+\erroronpage{52}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``w'' in ``down'' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{52}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Add after code line:
+ ``When adjusting \verb=\@pnumwidth= this way it is likely that the
+ value of \verb=\@tocrmarg= needs to be changed as well to keep the
+ layout of the table of contents consistent.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 3, l.-1}{JJN}{2004/08/17}{4}
+ Replace ``and section'' with ``section, and subsection''.
+ (or replace code above to use |\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}| and speak
+ of "first" level)
+
+\erroronpage{55}{ll.-8/-7}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots\ is defined by \u{the} second argument.''
+
+\erroronpage{56}{footnote}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Remove: ``\ldots are limited to three characters, like MS-DOS \u{or Windows}.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{57}{tab.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ \verb=\mtcPSfont= \> \verb=\mtcSPfont=\\
+ \verb=\nomtcrules= \> \verb=\nomtcrule=\\
+ \verb=\mtcrules= \> \verb=\mtcrule=
+
+\seriouserroronpage{57}{para-2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ \verb=\partoc= \> \verb=\parttoc=
+
+ \erroronpage{58}{exa 2-3-8}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ km2 appears two times in the code and in the printed output;
+ it should be \verb=km\textsuperscript={2} in the code
+ and km\textsuperscript{2} in the output.
+
+\erroronpage{62}{l.-11}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ ``recourse'' \> ``recur''
+
+\erroronpage{63}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Typo: ``This artific\u{i}al example shows how''
+
+\erroronpage{65}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4}
+ Correct: ``formated'' \> ``format\u{t}ed''
+
+\erroronpage{66}{marginal note}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Restrictions on keys deserve a dangerous bend sign.
+
+\erroronpage{68}{exa 2-4-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ The box in the margin ``\fbox{2-4-3}'' is shifted right
+ (with respect to other such boxes).
+
+\erroronpage{72}{para 3, l.-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Change/add:
+ ``\ldots by comparing \u{the number of the chapter} in which the
+|\label| \u{occurred} with the current\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{75}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/10/17}{4}
+ Change: ``provided the \textit{keys}'' \>
+ ``provided the \textit{key}\u{s}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{76}{para -2, l.5--8}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/24}{2}
+Change marginal to ``{\itshape Unnumbered sections get moving
+arguments}''
+
+Change text to: ``As a consequence, \u{the
+arguments of unnumbered sectioning commands} are turned into
+moving arguments, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{77}{para -1, l.-4}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Add: ``In addition, no \u{unrelated} |\addcontentsline| command is
+allowed to intervene between heading and label.''
+
+\erroronpage{78}{\S 2.4.5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Add: ``Sebastian
+ Rahtz \u{(with contributions by Heiko Oberdiek and
+ David Carlisle)} has developed\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{78}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Program name changed: ``Acrobat Reader'' \> ``Adobe Reader''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 3}
+
+\erroronpage{84}{}{DAr}{2004/07/23}{2}
+Change: ``For example, if the current size is \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash Large} then
+\verb=\relsize{-2}= would change to \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash normalsize}\,.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{84}{exa 3-1-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ To avoid extra space in the output, second line should read:\\
+ \verb*= {\relsize{-2}small words} inside.=
+
+\erroronpage{85}{para -1, l.5}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``ON 28TH \u{OF} JULY 2003'' \> ``ON 2ND AUGUST 2004''
+ (no OF generated)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{87}{para 3, l.1}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Replace: |\uuline| \> |\uline|
+
+\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-15}{V-Li}{2004/08/14}{}
+ \verb+\-+ should be used on a word that is actually hyphenated.
+
+ Well, would be nice but not easy to find one.
+
+\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-16}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ The solid band produced by |\xout| is actually supposed to come
+ out as a series of separated ``/'' symbols. With the
+ \texttt{ulem} package used for the first printing that works well
+ for most text fonts, but
+ with Times Roman (used in the example) you get the result shown.
+ The new package version fixes this defect.
+
+\erroronpage{92}{para 3, l.1+4}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+Change: ``The position and the \u{height} of the line
+produced by the |\ul| command can be customized using either
+|\setul| or |\setuldepth|\,. The command |\setul| takes two
+dimensions as arguments: the position of the line in relation to the
+baseline and the \u{height} of the line.
+
+\erroronpage{92}{para -1}{FMi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+Add: ``\ldots can use colored rules instead and, if desired, modify the
+highlighting color\u{ as demonstrated below}:
+
+\erroronpage{95}{exa 3-1-33}{MHo/FMi}{2004/05/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``setup'' by ``set-up'' for consistency.
+
+\erroronpage{102}{para 1, l.-3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``in great \u{of} detail'' with ``in great detail''.
+
+\erroronpage{103}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``arbitrary bad lines'' \> ``arbitrar\u{il}y bad lines''
+
+\erroronpage{105}{para -3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``typesetting'' \> ``typing''
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{107}{l.3--7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+ |\linespread| is the \LaTeXe\ command for
+ setting up the value of \comando{\baselinestretch}; it is not necessary
+ to use |\renewcommand| and in particular it is not necessary to
+ activate the new interline spacing by changing font; it suffices the command
+ |\selectfont|; the procedure described in this paragraph,
+ although still possible, was the one to use with \LaTeX\,209 and with the
+ early versions of \LaTeXe, and it was the only way when the First Edition was
+ published. The command |\linespread| is introduced the first
+ time on page~204, but section 3.1.13 was the right place to do it.
+
+
+\erroronpage{107}{para 4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Delete word: ``\ldots\ single\u{ (default)}, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{107}{para -1, l.3--5}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Add/change:
+ ``\ldots leading is increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (where
+ \LaTeX{} already adds about 20\% space between baselines)\ldots'' \>
+``\ldots leading is \u{effectively} increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (\u{which
+ \LaTeX{} already sets to about 20\% above the font size})\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{116}{Footnote 1, line 1}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``I managed to confuse'' with ``we managed to confuse''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Missing letter: ``It take\u{s} two \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 3, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Tense correction: ``\ldots they did not change when the text font
+ \u{was} modified''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-3}{FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Change: ``your list consist of'' \> ``your list\u{s} consist of''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Change: ``lists consist\u{s} of'' \> ``lists consist of''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Missing word: ``See, \ldots, the \textsf{ledmac} package [171]
+ \u{for} the kinds of \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{119}{para 2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace word: ``By default, the footnote text is \u{justified}\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{121}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Missing word: ``the \texttt{symbol*} \u{option}''
+
+\erroronpage{124}{middle para, ll. -3/-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Missing word: ``It is even possible \u{to} use \ldots''
+
+\iffalse
+%% only do if real error on page
+\erroronpage{125}{para 3 of \S 3.2.7, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{}
+ Word position: ``\ldots\ whenever |\endnote| or |\endnotemark|
+ \u{is used} without an optional argument.''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{127}{para 3, l.last}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2}
+ Replace: ``ragged left'' \> ``ragged right''.
+
+\erroronpage{131}{footnote, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/19}{2}
+ Change: ``is not producing'' \> ``does not produce''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{141}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace:
+ \emph{body-font} \> \emph{body-style}\\
+ \emph{head-font} \> \emph{head-style}\\
+ \emph{head-after-format} \> \emph{head-after-space}
+
+\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21/22}{UZi}{2005/03/15}{}
+ With the newest version of \texttt{amsthm} the font setting for the headline
+ is ignored for the optional description of the theorem (looks like a
+ bug in amsthm).
+
+\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21}{FMi}{2005/08/15}{4}
+ There is an incompatibility between \texttt{amsthm} and
+ \texttt{ragged2e}. If the latter is used then the use of |\newline|
+ in a theorem declaration doesn't work.
+
+\erroronpage{142}{para -2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Missing word: ``make'' \> ``\u{to} make''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{148}{exa 3-3-26}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ In the example, |\hfil| is used; the text immediately before says:
+ ``By using |\hfill| \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{HjG}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Nit-picking :-)\\
+ Comment should read: ``|%|\quad\texttt{term <\u{=} labelwidth}''\\
+ And in ll.2/3 of the text following the example:
+ ``If the label is \u{smaller} than |\labelwidth|, \ldots'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \u{not wider} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{150}{Example 3-3-28, line 7}{UF}{2004/06/27}{2}
+In the code of the parbox there should be a |\mbox{}| or something
+similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning.
+
+\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{JBez}{2004/07/20}{}
+ The vertical space above "Return values" is too small.
+
+\erroronpage{151}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Wrong word: to match the example,
+ ``\textsc{Notes}'' should be ``\textsc{Note}''
+
+\erroronpage{152}{l.-1 before exa 3-4-2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``(see page 167)'' \> ``(see page 168)''
+
+\erroronpage{155}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``behaves similarly to''
+ \> ``is much like''
+
+\erroronpage{155}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``behave in similar fashion to''
+ \> ``\ldots in \u{a fashion similar} to''
+
+\erroronpage{156}{para -1, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``There is also the possibility to operate'' \> ``It is also
+ possible to operate''.
+
+\erroronpage{157}{para 2, l.-4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``\ldots discussed below) are potentially'' \> ``\ldots
+ discussed below) \u{is} potentially''.
+
+\erroronpage{158}{para3, l.3}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Change word: ``tiny white rules \u{behind} the lines'' \> ``tiny white
+ rules \u{between} the lines''.
+
+\erroronpage{166}{syntax box}{CAR}{2004/06/02}{2}
+ Remove extra space: ``\ldots\verb*/}=/\u{~}\emph{data}\texttt=''
+
+\erroronpage{167}{para 1, l.2}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Missing letter: ``\ldots bold italic face exi\u{s}ts.''
+
+\erroronpage{168}{para 3, l.2}{MLa}{2004/05/10}{2}
+ Letter missing: ``While on\u{e} can successfully deploy a
+ package\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Spurious space: ``Pascal (\u{ \strut}Borland, \ldots)''
+
+\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Move the information about blue entries to a separate table note.
+
+\erroronpage{173}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Typo: ``to indicate that the line was artific\u{i}ally broken''
+
+\erroronpage{175}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2005/02/22}{4}
+ Replace: \textsf{inputenclistings} \> \textsf{inputenc}
+
+\erroronpage{177}{exa 3-5-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ In the first paragraph, the ``\ldots \verb*=.\para='' yields a
+ single (sentence ending) interword space; but in the following
+ three, ``\ldots \verb*=. \para='' yields doubled space.
+ (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\para|.)
+ The same problem is in exa 3-5-2 except that there is does not show
+ in the output due to a linebreak.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{177/178}{ll.-2/-1/1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Missing word and references to wrong paragraphs of exa 3-5-2:\\
+ ``The line numbers in the second |\marginpar| continue the
+ numbering on the main vertical list (the last line of \u{first}
+ paragraph was~5) and the \u{second} paragraph then continues with
+ line number~9.''
+ \\ \>
+ ``\ldots\ (the last line of \u{the} \u{preceding} paragraph was~5) and
+ the \u{third} paragraph \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{179}{exa 3-5-5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ In the first paragraph, the two instances of
+ ``|\linelabel{|\ldots|}|\verb*= \sample=''
+ yield double (sentence ending) interword space.
+ (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\sample|.)
+
+\erroronpage{179}{Example 3-5-5, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``we see to refer to'' \> ``we see references to''.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{para 2, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``of an \verb=\Parallel..Text='' \> ``of \u{a}
+ \verb=\Parallel..Text=.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{para 3, l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ ``computer \u{lingua}'' \> ``computer \u{jargon}''
+
+\erroronpage{182}{exa 3-5-11}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Small improvement:\\
+ |\setlength\parindent{|\u{\texttt{-10pt}}|}| \>
+ \ldots \u{\texttt{\char`\{-\char`\\leftskip\char`\}}}
+
+\iffalse only on some books
+\erroronpage{183}{exa 3-5-13}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{}
+ Printing problem:
+ ``|[|'' in ``|\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{}|'' only half visible.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{184}{footnote 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Rewrite beginning: ``Although the \textsf{multicol} package is
+ distributed under LPPL (\LaTeX{} Project Public License)~[111], for
+ historical reasons its copyright contains an additional ``moral
+ obligation'' clause\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{189}{para 3, l.2}{MHo}{2004/05/08}{2}
+ Spurious extra letter: ``If this is a
+ possibility, \texttt{multicols}\u{t} produces a warning.''
+
+\erroronpage{189}{para -2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Extra word: ``bars in the margin, \u{the} known as \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{189}{par -1, l.4/5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Add comma: ``However, if \ldots\ another\u{,} the \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{190}{}{FMi}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Editorial comment: changes for page 189 affect page break position
+ so 190 has to be retypeset for second printing.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 4}
+
+\erroronpage{199}{code block}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Change:
+ \texttt{\u{1in}+}|\oddsidemargin+\textwidth+\evensidemargin|\texttt{\u{+1in}}
+
+
+\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Change: ``list-related parameter'' \> ``list-related parameters''.
+
+\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{PYu}{2004/07/07}{2}
+ Remove surplus word: ``in \u{in} figure 3.3''
+
+\erroronpage{203}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ ``one or the other criteri\u{a}''
+ \> ``\ldots\ criteri\u{on}'' (singular)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Delete backslash: ``an option of the type
+ \u{\texttt{\char`\\}}\emph{num}|headlines|''
+
+\erroronpage{205}{para 3, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Swap words: ``header \u{is size} enlarged'' \> ``header \u{size is}
+ enlarged''.
+
+\erroronpage{205}{para 4, l.4}{CAR}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Delete word: ``\ldots taken up by the binding\u{ method}. For
+ example,\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{205}{para 5, l.2}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+Omitted word: ``one can \u{perform} the parameter calculations''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 5}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
+Append: For details see the KOMA-Script documentation.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{205}{Example 4-2-6, 1.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}=''
+
+\erroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
+
+ Replace: ``\ldots shows a layout \u{identical} to the one
+ produced\ldots'' \>
+ ``\ldots shows a layout \u{very similar} to the one produced\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Wrong references:\\
+ ``Example \u{4-2-4} on page \u{204}'' \>
+ ``Example \u{4-2-5} on page \u{205}''
+
+\erroronpage{209}{para 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots and does not leave sufficient space for marginal notes
+ that fall outside the page.''
+ \>
+ ``\ldots but does not adjust the size of the marginal boxes to fit
+ in the remaining margin.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{210}{para -1, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Omitted word: ``allow you \u{to} set several values''.
+
+\erroronpage{211}{para 4, l.6}{FMi}{2004/08/30}{4}
+ Add: ``\ldots be called multiple times \u{in the preamble},
+ each time overwriting the previous settings.''
+
+\erroronpage{212}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Remove surplus: ``the \emph{logical} page
+ \u{you} you want to produce.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{213}{para 1, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Option \texttt{executive} is listed twice, replace once with
+ \texttt{letter}.
+
+\erroronpage{213}{para 2, l.1}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Typo: ``The following example sets up an artific\u{i}ally small logical page''
+
+\erroronpage{213}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{4}
+ Option \texttt{b3} is listed twice.
+
+\erroronpage{213/214}{exa 4-2-11/13}{FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side.
+ That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen
+ in all other examples where the file is used.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{214}{para 1, l.6}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ ``\ldots\ \texttt{notext} \ldots'' should be ``\ldots\
+ \texttt{nographics} \ldots''.
+
+\erroronpage{217}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/08}{4}
+ Replace (since the package's default is different):\\
+ Finally the \u{en dash} between the prefix and the page number \dots\ \>\\
+ Finally the \u{separator} between the prefix and the page number \dots
+
+\erroronpage{219}{l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Missing italic correction:
+ \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark=
+
+\erroronpage{219}{para -1,l.2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Reference to wrong section:\\
+ ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.1.3}'' \>\\
+ ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.2.1}''
+ (or omit section refence completely)
+
+\erroronpage{223}{tab 4.3}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Spurious space after superscript \textsuperscript{a} in footnote.
+
+\erroronpage{226}{para. 5, l.2}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2}
+ Change to plural: ``The headers and footers are typeset \u{in boxes}
+ that, by default, \u{have} the same width as |\textwidth|\,. The
+ \u{boxes} can be made wider (or narrower)\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{227}{para 2,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``running \u{heading}'' \>
+ ``running \u{header}''
+
+\erroronpage{227}{para 3,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``the \u{heading} is extended'' \>
+ ``the \u{header} is extended'' \>
+
+\erroronpage{229}{2.-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Change: ``if the first B-head\ldots would have already been'' \> ``if
+ the first B-head\ldots had already been''.
+
+\erroronpage{229}{para -2,l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``the \u{heading}'' \>
+ ``the \u{header}''
+
+\erroronpage{230}{exa 4-4-3}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Add |%| character:
+ ``|\fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today}|\texttt{\u{\char`\%}}''
+
+% not a bug, but heh ho
+\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Add words: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the running
+ headers of} the index for this book.''
+
+\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{CKr}{2004/11/17}{4}
+ Remove surplus: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the} the running\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{234}{First boxed command}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Change: ``\verb=\enlargethispage*{=size\verb=}='' \>
+ ``\verb=\enlargethispage{=size\verb=}=''.
+
+\erroronpage{237}{para 1, l.3}{MKo}{2004/08/06}{2}
+ Change: ``\textsf{scrpage}'' \> ``\textsf{scrpage2}''
+
+\erroronpage{237}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Change: ``also works as \u{an} replacement'' \> ``also works as
+ \u{a} replacement''
+
+\erroronpage{237}{para 5, l.2}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Change: ``14pt'' \> ``17pt''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 5}
+
+\erroronpage{239}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Extra word: ``After \u{a} taking a quick look \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{241}{Example 5-1-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
+
+ Change: ``esprit trouble'' \> ``esprit troubl\'e''.
+
+The whole example has been changed to better demonstrate
+the \verb|\kill| command.
+
+\erroronpage{242}{para -2}{DSch/FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
+ Replace para with:
+``The \texttt{tabular*} environment has an additional width argument that
+specifies the required total width of the table.
+It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using
+|\extracolsep| (see page~246).''
+
+\iffalse
+%% check, maybe (if other error
+\erroronpage{243}{para 1, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{}
+ Change: ``Their scope can be \u{general} or local.''
+ \> ``\u{global}''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{243}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+ The explanation of the command \comando{\arraystretch} is
+ wrong; in fact it does not multiply the inter-row space by the specified
+ factor, so that a factor of 1.5 would move the rows 50\% farther apart.
+ \comando{\arraystretch} scales by the specified factor the height and depth of
+ the invisible strut that is in the first cell of every row of tabular and array
+ environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect
+ is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at
+ least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes
+ place other than that required by the largest cell.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{243/244}{tab.~5.1/5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ In the left columns of these tables, typewriter font should be used
+ for the braces, to better match the appearance in the syntax boxes.
+
+\erroronpage{244}{tab.~5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ 1. In the |m| row, the braces in |\parbox|\u{\{}\emph{width}\u{\}}
+ are not from the typewriter font, as they are in the |b| row.\\
+ 2. In the |>| and |<| rows, the |p|, |m|, and |b| options are
+ listed once without and once with their |{..}| arguments.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{244}{para -1, l.3--4}{FMi/DCa}{2005/02/05}{4}
+ Replace: ``the sum of its value,
+ added to the product
+ |\baselineskip|${}\times{}$|\arraystretch}|''
+ \>
+ `` $|\arraystretch| \times (|\extrarowheight| + 0.7 |\baselineskip|)$''
+
+
+\erroronpage{246}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
+ Add blue marginal note: ``Making \texttt{tabular*} stretch to the
+ required width''
+
+\erroronpage{246}{para 3, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``The use \ldots\ is subject\u{ed} to two restrictions: \ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots~subject \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{247}{exa 5-2-9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es|
+
+\erroronpage{248}{para 1}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
+ Replace para with: ``A
+ common use of |@{}| is to remove the space equal to
+the value of |\tabcolsep| (for \texttt{tabular}) that, by default,
+appears on each side of the table,
+except when the column specification starts or ends in a \verb=|=.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{249}{exa 5-2-11}{FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{249}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``\ldots\ the \textsf{array} package \texttt{m} and \u{\texttt{t}}
+ types, \ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots\ \u{\texttt{b}} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{252}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots\ the last entry in \u{a} row \ldots''\\
+ Missing word: ``This specification may \u{be} saved \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{252}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Either add: ``The |X| columns are set using the |p| column
+ \u{type}, \ldots''\\
+ or change (cf.~l.2: an |m| column): ``\ldots\ using \u{a} |p|
+ column \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{257}{syntax box~2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Typo: ``\texttt{\char`\\botto\u{m}caption}''
+
+\erroronpage{261}{para 3, l.3}{HPB/FMi}{2004/07/16}{2}
+Add: ``\ldots may be typeset using
+ \u{the packages \textsf{array} and} \textsf{longtable} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{262}{para -1, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Missing characters:
+ ``in standard \LaTeX{}\u{'s} \textsf{article} class''
+
+\erroronpage{270}{exa 5-6-7}{DCa}{2004/07/22}{2}
+ Spurious `` d'' after ``Beef'' should be deleted.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{270}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Change: |\botrule| \> |\bottomrule|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{271}{para 3}{FMi}{2004/12/17}{4}
+ Replace para by: ``By default, the rule extends all the way to the left, but is
+ ``trimmed'' from the rightmost column by the length specified in the
+ length parameter |\cmidrulekern|. The optional (\emph{trim})
+ \u{argument may contain the characters
+ \texttt{l} and \texttt{r},
+ indicating that the rule}
+ \u{is to be trimmed from the left or right, respectively.}
+ Each \texttt{l} and \texttt{r} may optionally be followed by a width
+ argument \u{specified using \texttt{\{}\emph{widths}\texttt{\}}},
+ in which case the rule is trimmed by this amount rather than by the default
+ |\cmidrulekern|.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{271}{syntax box~1}{HjG}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Argument is optional, not mandatory:
+ |\addlinespace|\texttt{\u[}\emph{width}\texttt{\u]}
+
+\erroronpage{273}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Missing word: ``not accounted for \u{by} |\multirow|''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{278}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``Section 6-3-4'' \> ``Example 6-3-4''
+
+\erroronpage{279}{list, item 1}{CKr}{2004/11/30}{4}
+ Correct typo: ``forced line b\u{r}eaks.''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
+
+\erroronpage{283}{para 2, l.5--8}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4}
+Replace with: ``We then continue by
+ explaining how you can define and use your own floating environments (Section~6.3.1),
+ or, conversely, how captioning commands can be used to enter
+ information into the list of figures and tables for nonfloating
+ material (Section~6.3.2).
+ Then methods for rotating the content of a float are described
+ (Section~6.3.3).
+
+\erroronpage{284}{}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4}
+ Editorial comment: needs reprinting since one line moved from
+ 283 to the current page.
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{FMi}{2005/02/13}{4}
+ Use typewriter: ``the default is \texttt{12pt}
+ \texttt{plus} \texttt{2pt} \u{\texttt{minus}}
+ \texttt{2pt} for 10\,pt''
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{HjG}{2005/02/06}{4}
+ Default for 12pt document size is given wrong:\\
+ ``\texttt{\u{14pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}'' \>
+ ``\texttt{\u{12pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}''
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Should be singular: ``for 12pt document size\u{s}).''
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 7, l.3}{HjG/FMi}{2005/02/06}{4}
+ Replace (as it is rubbish):
+ ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep| on a text page,
+ but is |8pt plus 2fil| on a page that contains only floats)'' \>\\
+ ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep|)''
+
+\erroronpage{288}{para -1, l.4--7}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/23}{2}
+ Replace part with:
+``However, by itself this option
+forces all floats to appear \emph{before} the next section material is
+typeset, since the |\FloatBarrier| prevents a float from a current
+ section from appearing below
+the start of the new section, even if some material of the current
+section is present on the same page. ''
+
+\erroronpage{292}{para 4, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Replace: ``combination \u{to}'' \> ``combination \u{of}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{292}{para -1, l-2}{FMi}{2005/01/08}{4}
+Add sentence:
+ ``Because the float styles define the placement of the caption,
+floats can contain only a single \verb=\caption= command which is a
+restriction compared to standard \LaTeX's behavior.''
+
+Also add marginal warning: ``Only one \verb=\caption= supported''
+
+
+\erroronpage{293}{para 1, l.3}{J-CCh}{2005/06/01}{4}
+Remove surplus char: ``package documentation in
+\texttt{float\u{s}.dtx}.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Wrong command used (or misplaced opening brace) in preamble code:\\
+ |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily ttfamily}|{#1}}|
+ \>\\
+ |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily texttt}|{#1}}| \\
+ only by chance this doesn't do any harm in the example!
+
+\erroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
+to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
+
+\erroronpage{294}{exa 6-3-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side.
+ That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen
+ in all other examples where the file is used.
+
+\erroronpage{295}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Missing word: ``The |[H]| \u{float} is \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{298}{para 1, l.4}{AMa}{2005/01/13}{4}
+ The word ``caption'' should be should typeset in sans serif.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{298}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XMLexa}|%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|''
+
+\erroronpage{299}{para 2, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Missing word: ``so that it \u{is} not worth''
+
+\erroronpage{301}{exa 6-4-2}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Misspelled word (both in source and output):\\
+ ``\texttt{ex-\u{s}ample}'' \> ``\texttt{ex-ample}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{302}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XML}|%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|''
+
+\erroronpage{304/305}{exa 6-4-4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ The |\FIG| command is different from the one from
+ exa 6-4-3 (p.303).
+ Add a line:\\
+ |\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant}}|\\
+ in the preamble part of the example's source.\\
+ (But that will probably spoil your hand-optimized page breaks. ---
+ Actually it will improve them: by getting the example larger on
+ line will carry over from 304 to 305 avoiding the widow there
+ without changing that page otherwise)
+
+\erroronpage{307}{l.-4}{HjG}{2005/02/12}{4}
+ Surplus closing brace:\\
+ ``|\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\usebox\@tempboxa}|%
+ |\par|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|% single line|''
+
+\iffalse
+\erroronpage{307}{l.3--4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
+The Runaway error may be explained in a better way: the
+ \emph{short-text} cannot exceed one paragraph; the \emph{long-text} may be
+ several paragraphs long; if the optional argument \emph{short-text} is missing
+ the \emph{long-text} replaces it, therefore the macros that should process the
+ single paragraph \emph{short-text} get terribly shaken and produce the Runaway
+ argument error. A reference to Appendix~B and the long\slash short definition
+ of commands should be helpful.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{309}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4}
+ Missing comma: ``\ldots you will get a typical ``standard \LaTeX''
+ format\u{,} that is, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{312}{\texttt{position} option}{JS/FMi}{2005/09/14}{4}
+ State that key \texttt{bottom} is the default.
+
+\erroronpage{312}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4}
+ Word in wrong position: ``for example, ``above'' the caption if
+ caption is \u{the} placed at the bottom.''
+ \>
+ ``for example, ``above'' the caption if \u{the} caption is \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{317}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Extra letter: ``The \textsf{subfig} package\u{s} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{319}{para 1, l.5}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4}
+ Incorrect right quote: ``numbers like ``11.3\u{''}\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{319}{para 2, l.3}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4}
+ Incorrect right quote: ``such as ``Figure 1(a-c)\u{''}.''
+
+\erroronpage{321}{exa 6-5-13, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Change value:
+ ``|listofindent=4em|'' \> ``|listofindent=5em|''.\\
+ Looks better and also makes description on page 320 correct.
+
+\erroronpage{321}{para 3, l.2}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+Remove: ``approach is to \u{to} specify\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{326}{para -1, l.4}{DAl}{2005/07/14}{4}
+ Missing letter: ``floats appear to\u{o} close to each other\ldots''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 7}
+
+\erroronpage{332}{para -2,l.2}{THa}{2004/07/21}{2}
+ SinCE SEriFS arE noT alwayS horizonTaL: ``Serifs are the tiny
+ horizontal strokes\dots'' \> ``Serifs are the tiny strokes\dots''
+
+\erroronpage{338}{para -1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing word: ``command \u{and} declarative forms''
+
+\erroronpage{341}{para -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing comma: ``such as |\OE|\u, to lowercase).''
+
+\erroronpage{342}{tab 7.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Add footnote: ``\textit{The actual sizes shown above are those specially
+ tailored for use in this book}''
+
+\erroronpage{349}{para -1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing comma:
+ ``\ldots\ where commands, such as |\rm|\u, would cause \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{351}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Surplus word:
+ ``\ldots\ belongs to the text \u{the} surrounding the formula.''
+
+\erroronpage{353}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\u{Extended} Computer Modern'' \>
+ ``\u{European} Computer Modern''
+
+\erroronpage{354/355}{marginal 3}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Should be on top of page 355.
+
+\erroronpage{355}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing character: ``on\u{e} can simply exchange''
+
+\erroronpage{356}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Correct: ``\u{ZE}-fonts'' \> ``\u{EZ}-fonts''
+ (Index entry is OK!)
+
+\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5, last line}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Reference [174] instead of [175].
+
+\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Add page entries for ``Clasen, Matthias'', ``Vieth, Ulrik'', and
+ ``Ziegler, Justin'' to ``People'' index (pp.1080+1082)
+
+\erroronpage{357}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Add word:
+ ``Clearly, no one wants to type \u{text} like this \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{358}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Change word order:\\
+ ``The list of \u{currently} \u{supported encodings} by
+ \textsf{inputenc} \ldots'' \>\\
+ ``The list of \u{encodings} \u{currently supported} by
+ \textsf{inputenc} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{359}{several places}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: ISO-8859 \> ISO 8859
+
+\erroronpage{360}{item 8}{CKr}{2004/12/30}{4}
+ Replace: Next Computer encoding \> Ne\u{XT} Computer encoding
+
+\erroronpage{360}{item 9}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{360}{para -1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times)
+
+\erroronpage{361}{para 2+3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times)
+
+\erroronpage{361}{l.-14}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``preamble or the document class'' \>
+ ``document class, a package, or in the preamble''
+
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Swap phrases:\\
+ ``\ldots\ the user \u{in the preamble} \u{to load still
+ more encodings}.'' \\\>\\
+ ``\ldots\ the user \u{to load still more encodings}
+ \u{in the preamble}.''
+
+\erroronpage{362}{para 1, l.1}{SCo}{2004/05/17}{2}
+ Printing problem in some books: ``still'', second `l' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{367}{para 2, l.3}{CKr}{2005/01/03}{4}
+ Wrong font: ``old-style numerals by simply switching to the \u{\texttt{TS1}}''
+
+\erroronpage{368}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/07/01}{2}
+ Change:\\
+ ``\ldots\ only. \u{Only} real errors will be shown.'' \>\\
+ ``\ldots\ only. \u{However,} real errors will be shown
+ \u{on the terminal}.''
+
+\erroronpage{370}{para 2, l.-1}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``ran run'' with ``\u{you ran}''.
+
+\erroronpage{370}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots\ in one of the three \u{text font} categories.''
+
+\erroronpage{371}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots, such as via a call to |\usefont|\u{ (see Example
+ 7-6-1 below)}.''
+
+\erroronpage{373}{first line of 7.6.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Remove ``the \u{the} fonts''
+
+\erroronpage{373}{first para, l.-1}{BeB}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ ``collection'' is (at least seems to me) singular:\\
+ Typo: ``appear'' \> ``appears''
+
+\erroronpage{374}{`Bookman', l.1}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
+ Typo: ``Bookman was originally design\u{ed} \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{380}{para 1, l.4--5}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Better show octal numbers: ``\ldots starting positions like
+ \texttt{'254}, \texttt{'266}, \texttt{'300}, and \texttt{'312}
+ (i.e., in octal notation) in\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{380}{exa. 7-6-10}{J-CCh}{2005/07/06}{4}
+ Replace: AGEWMET\u{P}HTOS \> AGEWMET\u{R}HTOS
+
+\erroronpage{386}{para -1, l.2}{RWa}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace ``the X Window\u{s} system'' with ``the X Window \u{S}ystem''.
+
+\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Missing word: ``\texttt{0.87478} should \u{be} used''\\
+
+\iffalse
+% no idea if we can fit that in:
+\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{}
+ Value for 12\,pt?
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{388}{tab. 7.14}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too
+ wide (printing problem).
+
+\erroronpage{388}{tab 7.14, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column.
+
+\erroronpage{391}{tab. 7.15}{FMi}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too
+ wide (printing problem).
+
+\erroronpage{391}{tab 7.15, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column.
+
+\erroronpage{392}{tab 7.16, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ ``(bx)'' should be moved to the second column.
+
+\erroronpage{393}{tab 7.17, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ Missing space between ``(it),'' and ``sc'' in the third column.
+
+\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-20}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Commands need to be swapped to match text:\\
+ ``|\gothfamily| Swab'' \> ``|\swabfamily| Swab''\\
+ ``|\swabfamily| Gothic'' \> ``|\gothfamily| Gothic''
+
+\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-21}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature
+ ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position.
+% others wrong???
+%According to page 765 of "The World's Writing Systems" (edited by P.T.
+%Daniels and W. Bright, ISBN 0-19-507993-0, Oxford University Press,
+%1996), a syllable-final "s" in fraktur text should be the "short s".
+
+\erroronpage{396}{para 3, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Should be: ``\ldots on the \u{third} line.''
+
+\erroronpage{396}{exa 7-7-22}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature
+ ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position.
+
+\erroronpage{403}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Change: ``by using \u{G}lyph \u{C}hart''
+ \> ``by using \u{the} \u{g}lyph \u{c}hart''\\
+ (cf.\ para 3, l.1)
+
+\erroronpage{405}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Missing word:
+ ``of \u{the} International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA)''
+
+\erroronpage{405/406}{ll.-1/1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Move closing parenthesis:\\
+ ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth, \ldots \u).'' \> \\
+ ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth\u), \ldots \,.''
+
+\erroronpage{406}{exa 7-8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Add comma (?): ``|k\ae{}t|\texttt{\u,}''
+
+\erroronpage{407}{para -2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Missing word: ``With popular fonts designed for use with \TeX{},
+ the euro symbol \u{is} usually available\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{413}{para -2, l-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+ ``local guide''; I believe this is an obsolete concept, dating back to
+ the times when \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ were used on multitasking mainframes;
+ commercial distributions might still have a ``local guide'', but I have never
+ seen one.
+
+
+\erroronpage{416}{tab. 7.27}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Uppercase vs.\ lowercase in entries for \texttt{T3} and
+ \texttt{TS3}:\\
+ ``\LaTeX{} \u{P}honetic \u{A}lphabet encoding'' $\leftrightarrow$\\
+ ``\LaTeX{} \u{p}honetic \u{a}lphabet encoding''
+
+\erroronpage{417}{para 4, l.6}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Correct case:
+ ``\ldots\ in front of it. \u For example,''
+
+\erroronpage{418}{para 2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Add:
+ ``a typewriter font \u{in medium series} with italic shape''
+
+\erroronpage{420}{table 7.28}{CKr}{2005/04/08}{4}
+ For consistency: ``narrow'' \> ``\u{N}arrow''
+
+\erroronpage{420}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: ISO-9660 \> ISO 9660
+
+\erroronpage{426}{para 1, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/01/17}{4}
+ Remove surplus: ``\ldots---other declarations that use this \u{the}
+ font will benefit automatically.''
+
+\erroronpage{426}{para 1, last sentence}{CAR}{2005/01/22}{4}
+ Replace with following sentence:
+ ``This may seem like a strange usage but it has the advantage that when
+ such additional
+ fonts become available you will need to change
+ only one font shape group declaration---all declarations that
+ refer indirectly to these fonts will then benefit automatically.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{426}{para 5}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Surplus word: ``\ldots, this function \u{it} writes \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{426}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Add word: ``The \u{third} argument''
+
+\erroronpage{428}{item 6}{CKr}{2005/01/18}{4}
+ Replace: ``Specified the quad width'' \> ``Specifie\u{s} the quad
+ width''
+
+\erroronpage{432}{para 4, l.9}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2}
+ Not plural: ``\ldots: the outer text size\u{s} and the three math
+ sizes for this text size.''
+
+\erroronpage{433}{l.-10}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2}
+ Not start of a sentence, hence \> lowercase:
+ ``\u{a}nd are usually placed in an \texttt{.fd} file.''
+
+\erroronpage{441}{para 5, l.1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{442}{footnote, l.2}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Sentence begins with lowercase 's'.
+
+\erroronpage{443}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2005/06/10}{4}
+Replace the parentheses with: ``(for the latter people sometimes use
+the single character \verb="=\,, but this is incorrect as it may
+produce a straight double quote, i.e., ")''
+
+\erroronpage{443}{para 3, l.4}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4}
+ Correct order: ``Instead, these commands have been implemented in
+ \u{such a} way that \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{444}{para 2, l.4}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots associates the number 224 \u{with} the
+command |\alpha|.''
+
+\erroronpage{445}{para 4, ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Move closing parenthesis:\\
+ ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e.,
+ are encoding-specific commands, but \ldots\ environment\u).''
+ \\ \> \\
+ ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e.,
+ are encoding-specific commands\u), but \ldots\ environment.''
+
+\erroronpage{446}{footnote, l.1}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4}
+ Correct order: \ldots ``\textthreesuperior'' \u{was a}
+ math glyph---comprehensible?
+
+\erroronpage{447}{Heading}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{451}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong number:
+ ``\texttt{\u{'240}} octal'' \> ``\texttt{\u{'344}} octal''
+
+\erroronpage{453}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Missing word : ``\ldots an \emph{LICR-object} that is \u{to} be
+used whenever\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{455}{para 3, l.-1}{JCh}{2004/07/17}{2}
+ Typo (characters need to be swapped):
+ ``L\u{CI}R'' \> ``L\u{IC}R''
+
+\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
+ |\OE| $\leftrightarrow$ |\O| -- cf.\ |\o| and |\oe| on p.459
+
+\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Entry |\`i|: ``(\u{avail})'' \> ``(\u{alias})''
+
+\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\copyright}}{FMi/usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\seriouserroronpage{458}{l. 27--30}{JLV}{2005/05/31}{4}
+ Unfortunately |\guillemotleft|, |\guillemotright|, |\guilsinglleft|, and
+ |\guilsinglright| have no ``default'' and only function in |OT1| if
+ \textsf{babel} is loaded
+
+
+\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\k} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ All |\k| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r A}}{FMi}{2005/04/09}{4}
+ |\r A| is |<constr.>| in OT1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ All |\r| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\textcelsius}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Default from |constr./TS1|.
+
+\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textcopyright}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textdiv}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\texteuro}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Defined in the newer versions of the encoding (but not available in
+ all fonts!)
+
+\erroronpage{460}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
+ |\textdblhyphenchar| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textdblhyphen|
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textlnot}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpertenthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Constructed in T1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textperthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Constructed in T1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpm}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{table, l. -12}{usw}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ ``\verb=\textquotedblleft=" is indented by accident.
+
+\erroronpage{462}{\texttt{\string\texttimes}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{462}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
+ |\textthreequartersemdash| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textthreequarters|
+
+\erroronpage{463}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ Add: ``prior \u{to} 1990''
+
+\erroronpage{463}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``\ldots integrated in \u{1993})'' \>
+ ``\ldots integrated in \u{1994})''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 8}
+
+\erroronpage{465}{para 4, ll.2+4}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Swanson, Ellen'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1082). \\
+ Add page entry for ``Knuth, Donald'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1081).
+
+ Editorial comment: no need for reprinting this page.
+
+
+\erroronpage{466}{para 2, ll.3+6}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Spivak, Michael'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1082).\\
+ Add page entry for ``Jones, David'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1081).
+
+\erroronpage{466}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Remove comma: ``Michael\u, would have been\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{468}{para 3, ll.10+11}{JTa}{2004/08/31}4{}
+ Extra closing brace after the second argument of
+ \texttt{\textbackslash newenvironment} on both lines.
+
+\erroronpage{471}{para 2, l.4}{VPe}{2004/06/02}{2}
+ Extra word: ``\ldots this change \u{can} are discussed\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{478}{exa 8-2-19}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Poor Maxwell's equations! No doubt there are mathematical
+ physicists or physical mathematicians that write Maxwell's equations that way.
+ This is a good example for showing some capabilities of the
+ \textsf{amsmath} package and its possible extensions by means of the
+ \comando{\newenvironment} command, but it is an example where all possible ISO
+ rules are violated! Physical equations deal with quantities, not with
+ mathematical variables; and quantities have dimensions; as such they have to
+ comply with the rules established by the Sisth\`{e}me International (SI) and the
+ various obsolete ``cgm'' systems are officially deprecated; the partial
+ derivative sign $\partial$ has exactly that meaning and it cannot substitute
+ the ``nabla'' $\nabla$ sign; finally the $j$ symbol probably indicates the
+ current density, but in an equation that does not comply with the ISO rules it
+ might indicate the imaginary unit (which, on the opposite, is prescribed to be
+ typeset in roman or upright shape as well as $\pi$); treating with vectorial
+ quantities these should be well marked either with a vector math accent or
+ must be set in bold italic; with variables depending from four quantities the
+ apex for indicating the derivative is not univocal for specifying the quantity
+ with respect to which the derivative is taken. I repeat: the example is good
+ for describing the math extension capabilities but it could induce the casual
+ reader to believe that this is the correct form for writing down the Maxwell's
+ equations; unfortunately it is not.
+
+\erroronpage{480}{para -2, ll.8/9}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ ``(there must be no space before the \texttt[)'' --- why?\\
+ (Would be ignored by \TeX{} as the end of the cs-name!)
+
+ Deleted this text.
+
+\erroronpage{484}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots\ the \texttt{equation} \u{environment} is
+\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots\ as a subscript \u{or} superscript.''
+
+\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2005/04/23}{4}
+ Replace word: ``Note that both \u{environments} \ldots''
+ \> ``Note that both \u{structures} \ldots'' (as one is a command)
+
+\erroronpage{489}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Missing closing parenthesis: ``(see Section 8.5.3\u)''
+
+\erroronpage{489}{exa. 8-3-9.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4}
+ The third array actually only needs \texttt{c} as preamble even
+ though \texttt{cc} is not wrong. as empty columns on the right are ignored
+
+\erroronpage{491}{para -2, l.3}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Replace: ``aside'' \> ``at the side''
+
+\erroronpage{493--95}{ll.-1/-2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Perhaps a note regarding the defaults should be added:\\
+ ``The first two parameters, \emph{ldelim} and \emph{rdelim}, are
+ the left and right delimiters, respectively.
+ \u{They must be either both empty or both non-empty;}
+ \u{to place a single delimiter, use a period ``\texttt.'' on the
+ ``empty'' side.}''
+
+ Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 494/95 as well
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{498}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{499}{\S 8.6.2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{500}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{501}{exa 8-6-4}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Surplus word (in source comment):\\
+ ``\texttt{\% the old \u{the} definition of \textbackslash csc}''
+
+\erroronpage{507}{footnote}{CKr}{2005/02/16}{4}
+ Good try but wrong word: ``Technically this is due to the denominator being
+ wider than the \u{numerator} in this case\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{508}{table 8.6, col.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ The bad alignment (in some books) of the blue color probably makes
+ the illustrations in this column useless.
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{510}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{511}{marginal note}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Swap words: ``\ldots change \u{the existing} math font
+ set-up''
+
+\erroronpage{512}{para 3, l.6}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Surplus closing brace:
+ ``|\bm{\alpha}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{513}{Figure 8.1}{LSchu}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Text font is Times, but should be Computer Modern (rather
+ embarrassing that).
+
+\erroronpage{513}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Change: ``In this section show a sample text'' \>\\
+ ``In this section \u{we} show a sample text''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{513}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{515}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Wrong reference: ``Figure~8.3'' \> ``Figure~8.2''
+
+\erroronpage{515}{para -1, l.1}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Replace: ``The Metafont versions of Concrete Roman and Math\ldots''
+ \> ``The Metafont versions of Concrete, both Roman and Math,\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{516}{fig.~8.6}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4}
+ The txfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the
+ wrong position in the fonts.
+ Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by
+ redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{txfonts} package, i.e.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{txfonts}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{517}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4}
+ Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a
+ seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?).
+ Some information about Y\&Y can be found at
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/yandy}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{518}{fig.~8.9}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4}
+ The pxfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the
+ wrong position in the fonts.
+ Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by
+ redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{pxfonts} package, i.e.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{pxfonts}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{521}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``Section\u~7.6.1''
+
+\erroronpage{521}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4}
+ Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a
+ seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?).
+ Some information about Y\&Y can be found at
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/yandy}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{523}{figure 8.16}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ The symbols to the left and right of ``Q(t)'' in the middle of
+ the figure are wrong (this is
+ actually a bug in the informal math set-up which has now been
+ corrected).
+
+\erroronpage{523}{figure 8.16, caption}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Replace: ``Info Math fonts'' with ``Informal Math fonts''.
+
+\erroronpage{523}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2}
+ Change:\\
+ ``The HV math fonts \u{are} designed at MicroPress'' \>\\
+ ``The HV math fonts \u{have been} designed at MicroPress''
+
+\erroronpage{524}{para 1, ll.4--6}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ Change:\\
+ ``This \u{package} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{ and}
+ should normally be loaded \ldots'' \>\\
+ ``This \u{font} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{; the
+ corresponding \textsf{stmaryrd} package} should normally be loaded
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ The text states: ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{kernel})}}
+ identifies symbols \ldots''. However, later on only
+ ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{ker})}}'' is used.
+ [E.g., Table~8.10 on page~527 (|\hbar|)
+ and Table~8.11 on page~528 (|\angle|).]
+
+\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ The text speaks of ``Alphabetic symbols'' -- but the referenced
+ Table~7.30 on page~435 calls it ``Alphabet character''~!?
+
+\erroronpage{524}{exa 8-9-1}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ The |fleqn| option is used, but in the output, the two equations
+ seem to be right aligned rather than left aligned!\\
+ Indeed true: this is because in \textsf{amsmath} the |\mathindent|
+ added on the left is
+ actually a rubber length (see page 471) that is automatically
+ shortend if there is not enough space.
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{524}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+
+\erroronpage{525}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+
+\erroronpage{526}{para -1, l.1}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/20}{4}
+Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic
+ numeral digits (see Table~8.8) \u{all} referred to\ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots \u{are} referred to\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/21}{4}
+ Replace:\\
+ ``in the first \u{columns} of Table~8.9'' \>
+ ``in the first \u{rows} of Table~8.9''
+
+\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{there is}
+ no omicron'' \>\\
+ ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{contains}
+ no omicron''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{528}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+ \erroronpage{527}{table 8.10}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ This table would be
+ better if reordered, in particular so that the first row
+ contains: \verb=\aleph \beth \gimmel \daleth=. This would
+ make the this text correct: ``The first four [entries in
+ table 8.10] are Hebrew letters.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{528}{table 8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{529}{table 8.12, l.3}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ \verb=\mathring{x}= is missing its accent.
+
+\erroronpage{529}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/04/24}{4}
+ Replace: ``looked up |\neq|'' \> ``looked up |\ne|\u{\texttt{g}}''
+
+\erroronpage{530}{table 8-13}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ The commands starting with |\var...| are only partially in blue to
+ indicate their relationship with those commands missing the ``var'' in their
+ names. But this is more confusing than helpful, so they are now made
+ fully blue.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{CAR/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ |\obar| is listed twice while |\obslash| (also from stmaryrd) is missing
+
+\erroronpage{531}{table 8-15}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{532}{tables 8-16, 8-17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Since |\precsim| is not a negated symbol, it should be moved from
+ Table~8-17 to Table~8-16, where its sibling |\succsim| already
+ lives.
+
+\erroronpage{532}{tables 8-16/17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{532}{table 8.17}{CKr}{2005/02/22}{4}
+ Add: ``\ldots or, \u{if} flagged\ldots''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{533}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{533}{tables 8-18/19}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{534}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned (horizontally).
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{534}{table 8-20}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{534}{tab. 8.20}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ 1. |\hookleftarrow| is listed twice.\\
+ 2. Some ``compound'' symbols have different line widths in their
+ ``head'' and ``tail'' parts:
+ |\Longleftarrow|, |\Longmapsfrom|, |\Longmapsto|, |\Longrightarrow|.
+
+
+\erroronpage{534}{table 8-21}{MBr}{2004/08/02}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{535}{table 8-22/23}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 9}
+
+\erroronpage{540}{para -2, l.6}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: ISO-8859-x \> ISO 8859-x
+
+\erroronpage{540}{para -1, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2}
+Plural: ``Clearly, 8 bits \u{are} not sufficient\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{541}{para 1, l.-2}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\seriouserroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{MHe/JBr}{2004/06/10}{}
+ The Babel implementation on the CD is missing the australian and
+ newzealand
+ options. If you need them, download a new version of Babel.
+
+\erroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{JBr/WaS}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``\texttt{english}, \texttt{USenglish}
+ (\texttt{\itshape american}, \texttt{\itshape canadian}), \texttt{UKenglish}
+ (\texttt{\itshape british}), \texttt{australian} (\texttt{\itshape
+ newzealand})''
+
+ Add footnote: ``\textit{The option \texttt{\upshape english}
+ combines American hyphenation patterns
+ with a British date format.}''
+
+
+\erroronpage{545}{exa 9-2-1}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4}
+ The quotes surrounding R\'ef\'erences and Chapitre
+ should be the french ones: use |\og| and |\fg{}|. And similar those
+ around German words should use |"`| and |"'|.
+
+
+\erroronpage{546}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Typo: ``pattern\u{s}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{548}{para 2, l.4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace: |\aliasshorthand{"}{/}| should be \verb=\aliasshorthand{"}{|}=
+
+\erroronpage{549}{para 1, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Characters should be in `typewriter font' (as in l.2):\\
+ ``\,``;'' and ``?''\,'' \> ``\,``|;|'' and ``|?|''\,''
+
+\erroronpage{550}{para -2, l.1--2}{CKr}{2005/02/28}{4}
+ Correct: ``Some are
+ meant to ease typing, wher\u{e}as others\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{551}{tab 9.3}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
+ I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
+
+ Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
+ know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
+ moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
+ I got a translation ``s\l{}ownik termin\'ow'' which will eventually
+ find its way into Babel.
+
+\erroronpage{552}{exa 9-3-4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ The words \texttt{i"lusio} and il$\cdot$lusio in the example are
+ incorrect. They should be \texttt{i"lusi\string\'o} and il$\cdot$lusi\'{o}
+ respectively %(ref: TB 14-3-252-259)
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{553}{para 4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+
+ Replace with: ``Another popular shorthand is |"-|, which indicates a
+ hyphenation point (like |\-|), but without supressing
+ hyphenation in the remainder of the word:''
+
+\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-8}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace the example body with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}}
+\end{verbatim}
+to show the differences between |"-|, |\-|, and no hyphen.
+
+\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-9}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace the example body with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at}
+2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at}
+3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at}
+4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at}
+5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{554}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``|~n~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~n|''
+ and ``|~N~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~N|''
+
+\erroronpage{554}{exa 9-3-11}{UFi/MGo}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace body with:
+ ``|En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \fg petit espace\fg\|
+ |devant la ponctuation double: comme cela!|
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{556}{item 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Remove:
+ ``\ldots\u{, with the addition that also \texttt{'u} and
+ \texttt{'U} are made available}.''
+\iffalse
+auf s.556 unten (1. item) steht, dass der ' fuer Catalan mit allen
+vokalen verwendet werden kann; das gilt auch fuer Galician (2. item);
+deswegen macht der u.g. nebensatz wenig sinn, denn U gehoert ja zu den
+vokalen! -- war vielleicht 'N gemeint? (aber auch das wird bei
+Galician schon erwaehnt!)
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{556}{para 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Correct spelling: ``\ldots optional \u{because} the acute accent has\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{557}{exa 9-3-19}{FMi/JBe}{2005/03/20}{4}
+ Replaced the example text with a spanish example showing 3 levels of
+ quotations.
+
+\erroronpage{558}{para -1, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Add comma: ``day, month\u, year''
+
+\iffalse % alternative (but needs to change two pages)
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots |\hebdate| to translate any Gregorian date, given \u{the three
+ arguments \emph{day}, \emph{month},
+ and \emph{year},}
+ into a Gregorian date in Hebrew.''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{561--562}{para 2, l.-1; para 2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ The number 999999 (and 1000, in the second instance) should not
+ be written with a period as thousands-separator as this is
+ confusing for readers used to a different convention.
+
+\erroronpage{562}{para 2, l.1+2}{FMi/DPa}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Change: ``digits \u{before the decimal point} are expressed'' \>
+ ``digits \u{denoting multiples of a thousand} are expressed''
+
+\erroronpage{563}{l -18/-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+The non zero \texttt{lccode} for the apostrophe is not
+ a speciality of the Italian language; this non null assignment is made at least
+ also for Catalan and for French; it should be done for all languages that use
+ the apostrophe for replacing an elided vowel.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{564}{table 9.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Add a note that the definition of \verb=\th= conflicts with its standard
+ definition as the LICR object ``\th{}'' (thorn).
+
+\erroronpage{564}{tab. 9.5}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ In the `Serbian' column, ``|\sh| sh'' is listed twice;
+ replace the second instance with ``|\arsh| arsh''.
+
+\erroronpage{564}{para -1, l.5}{ERy}{2004/08/06}{2}
+ Change: ``helpfull'' \> ``helpful''
+
+\erroronpage{565}{line 1}{JGr}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Missing space in: Anotherlayout
+
+\erroronpage{569}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Misspelled name:
+ ``Andrew Janishe\u{w}sky'' \> ``Andrew Janishe\u{v}sky''
+ (This affects p.1081, too!)
+
+\erroronpage{571}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``UNIX-like'' \> ``UN*X-like''
+ (to match spelling elsewhere in the book)
+
+\erroronpage{571}{ll.3+4}{MKu/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Change: ``ISO-IR-111'' \> ``ISO-IR~111'' \\
+ and ``ISO-IR-144'' \> ``ISO-IR~144''
+
+\erroronpage{571}{para 4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Code page ``|mnk|'' listed twice.
+
+%\erroronpage{572}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+% Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+
+\erroronpage{573}{descr. env.}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Items \texttt{T2B:} and \texttt{T2C:} ``Crimean~Tatar'' \> ``Crimean-Tatar''
+
+\erroronpage{573}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Typo: ``pac\u{ak}ge'' \> ``pac\u{ka}ge''
+
+\erroronpage{574}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``The |cb| font use\u{s} \ldots''
+ \> ``The |cb| font\u{s} use \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{574}{para 7, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``translation'' \> ``transliteration''
+
+\erroronpage{575}{tab 9.7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ I do not recognize my \texttt{grmn1000} font table; at least
+ it is incomplete compared with the one that has been uploaded on CTAN in 2002,
+ well ahead of the publication of this Second Edition.
+
+ (Unfortunately an older tfm file was used so that some glyphs do not
+ show up in the table)
+
+\erroronpage{576}{tab. 9.9}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``Diaresis'' \> ``Dia\u{e}resis''
+
+\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+|<'otan| does not produce the Greek word on its right,
+ which was by mistake obtained with |<'o|\texttt{\'otan}
+
+\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.10}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ In the first line all the examples with upper case letters
+ are wrong in the sence that these glyphs cannot appear in real text,
+ hence they are removed.
+ The last two lines are wrong with both lower and upper case
+ letters. The former error implies a hiatus between an initial capital letter
+ and a preceding vowel that by definition of ``initial'' is missing. The latter
+ error is related to the fact that spirit and accent are separated, the former
+ to the left of the vowel, the latter over the vowel.
+
+ Part of the problems are due to a missing |\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko}|.
+
+\erroronpage{579}{table 9.12, l.7}{HjG}{2005/06/02}{4}
+ Remove extra right brace: ``|\fontfamily{fr}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{580}{example file \texttt{language.dat}}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\
+ \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{580}{\texttt{language.dat} on CD}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{}
+The language name problem, i.e.,
+
+ \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\
+ \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english}
+
+is also present in the language.dat file on
+the book CD.
+
+\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Six "languages" are loaded ...: seven?
+
+\erroronpage{581}{para 1, l.2}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Change: ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}; English in the example
+ above).''
+ \> ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}); for compatibility reasons this language
+ should contain US-English hyphenation patterns.''
+
+\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Language names are to be corrected according to p.580.
+
+\iffalse
+% no space. do what? probably nothing right now
+\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{}
+ Add a footnote to explain the meaning of the term
+ ``hyphenation trie''?
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Wrong number: ``(line 32)'' \> ``(line 34)''
+
+\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``\texttt{welsh.\u{sty}}'' \> ``\texttt{welsh.\u{ldf}}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{585}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+The line:\\
+ \comando{\adddialect\{austrian\}\{german\}}\\
+ and the following one correspond neither to lines 102\textendash 103 of the language
+ skeleton, nor to the grammar of the \comando{\adddialect} on page 584; this
+ description as well as the skeleton file apparently require that the language
+ name be preceded by \comando{\l@}; in facts, for example,
+ the \texttt{germanb.ldf} contains the line:\\
+ \comando{\adddialect}\comando{\l@austrian}\comando{\l@german}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{586}{code line 2}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Extra closing brace after \verb|\def\germanhyphenmins|.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{589}{syntax box}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Change: |\addto\csname[code]| \> |\addto\csname{code}| (wrong braces)
+
+\erroronpage{591}{para 1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Extra character: ``The third argument, \emph{ex\u{c}ec}, contains\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{592}{para 3, l.2+4}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace: ``Panday'' \> ``Pand\u{e}y'' (sorry)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.3}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace ``\textsf{bang}'' with ``\textsf{bengali}''. This
+ package is available on CTAN in the \textsf{languages/bengali/pandey}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.4 }{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace ``\textsf{denag}'' with ``\textsf{devnag}''.
+ This package is on CTAN \texttt{languages/devanagari/velthuis}.
+
+\erroronpage{592}{para 5, l.1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4}
+ Replace: ``E\u{hit}opian'' \> ``E\u{thi}opian''
+
+\erroronpage{592}{general remarks}{PPn}{2004/05/25}{}
+Additional remarks not for inclusion in the book: For \TeX{}, \LaTeX{}
+in languages of India,
+there are several nice packages. An overview can be found in the
+following {\sc TUGboat} Articles;
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl{An overview of Indic Fonts for \TeX{}},
+{\sc TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 2 / June 1998 115---119
+\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl {Typesetting Bengali in \TeX{}}, {\sc
+TUGboat} Volume 20, Number 2, June 1999 119---126
+\item C. V. Radhakrishnan, \textsl{A case for \TeX{} in India}, {\sc
+TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 1, March 1998, 6---9.
+\item Karel P\'{\i}\v{s}ka, \textsl{A conversion of public Indic fonts
+from METAFONT into Type I format with} {\sc TeX{}TRACE}, Volume
+23, Number 1, 2002, 70---73
+\item
+Yannis Haralambous and John Plaice, \textsl{Low-level Devan\=agari
+support for Omega-- Adapting {\sf devnag}}, i
+Volume 23, Number 1, 2002, 50---56
+\end{enumerate}
+
+In addition to these articles, TUGIndia has uploaded two
+\LaTeXe{} packages (i) Malayalam for \LaTeXe{}, and (ii) Kannada
+\LaTeX{}, both available from www.sarovar.org.
+
+A remark on {\sf devnag} package:-- Originally developed by Frans
+Velthuis in 1991, it was upgraded for use with \LaTeXe{} (made
+NFSS-complaint), and maintained by a team consisting of Dominik
+Wujastyk, John Smith, Anshuman Pandey, Fran\c{c}ois Patte, and
+Zden\v{e}k Wagner. Very recently, the project has
+been handed over to TUGIndia, for further development,
+and as of May 2004, it has moved from sourceforge.net to
+sarovar.org.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 10}
+
+\erroronpage{chap.10}{boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ In addition to what has been reported elsewhere, here's an overview
+ of some more inconsistencies in (some of) the ``syntax boxes'' of
+ this chapter. \\
+ With parenthesized arguments, commas are part of the syntax;
+ hence they should be set in `typewriter font' (???). \\
+ The space after these commas should also be uniform.
+ \\ \vspace{.5\baselineskip}
+ %
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}rrllp{44mm}@{}} \hline
+ page(s) & box(es) & comma & space & remark \\ \hline
+ 599 & & |\rm| & no & asterisk should be in |\tt| \\
+ 602/3 & all & |\rm| & yes & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
+ 606 & 1 & |\rm| & no & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
+ 606 & 2 & |\it| & no & \\
+ 607 & & |\rm| & yes & \\
+ 608 & all & |\it| & no & \\
+ 610 & 1--2 & |\rm| & yes & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
+ 616 & & |\it| & no & \raggedright
+ also in text after box! \\
+ (ll.1+5 in first para)
+ \tabularnewline
+ 639 & & |\it| & no & \\
+ 641 & 1--2 & $^*$ & no & \raggedright
+ $^*$various flaws; \\
+ see separate error entry.
+ \tabularnewline \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+
+
+\erroronpage{596}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``is the same as \u{those} produced''
+ \> ``\ldots \u{that} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{597}{para -1, l.-4/-3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``\ldots, in case \u{they are} changed''
+ \> ``\ldots, in case \u{it is} changed''
+
+\erroronpage{597/598}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Delete word: ``which again \u{that} expects one argument.''
+
+\erroronpage{599}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The asterisk after |\fancyput| should be centred and the `(' and `)'
+ should be in typewriter.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{599}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Replace brackets by braces. (The \emph{horizontal-material}
+ argument is not an optional, but a mandatory one.)
+
+\erroronpage{600}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``\u{don't} work'' \> ``\u{does not} work''
+
+\erroronpage{600}{exa 10-1-12}{GBa}{2004/07/28}{2}
+ The optional parameter ``[t]'' in the second example is printed as text
+in line (1).
+
+ Remove in code: ``\texttt{[t]}''
+
+ Append to previous paragraph: ``An optional position argument is not supported.''
+
+\erroronpage{601}{l.-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Add word: Calculating the horizontal and vertical \u{distance}
+
+\erroronpage{602--603}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{604,605,609}{}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ On p.604 (l. -2) and p.605 (ll. 1, 2) we have ``|join|
+ environment(s)''.\\
+ On p.605 (ll. -6, -1) these are called ``|..join| environments''.\\
+ On p.609 (para 3, l.5) it's ``|join| environments'' again.
+
+\erroronpage{606}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4}
+ ``The \textsf{epic} \ldots'' \>
+ either: ``\textsf{epic} \ldots''
+ or: ``The \textsf{epic} package \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{606}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Delete comma and move word:\\
+ ``This command\u{, which} is a variant \ldots\ command, allows
+ \ldots'' \>\\
+ ``This command is a variant \ldots\ command, \u{which} allows
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{606}{second boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Brackets should also be in `typerwriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{606}{para -1}{HjG/FMi}{2005/05/19}{4}
+ The arguments ``\textit{$\Delta$width}'' and
+ ``\textit{$\Delta$height}'' are mistakenly used in math mode. In
+ the book that means a differnt font and different kerning.
+
+\erroronpage{606--608}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{609}{}{FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Editorial comment: reprinted see earlier summary entries.
+
+\erroronpage{610}{first two boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ All the parentheses `(' and `)' (6 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{612}{exa 10-1-25}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/05}{2}
+ The |\protect| in front of |\footnotesize| (twice) is not necessary.
+
+\erroronpage{613}{para 1, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Citations disrupt sentence!\\
+ ``\ldots\ bundle [48,49] or [57, Chapter~6] for \ldots'' \> \\
+ ``\ldots\ bundle \u{(see }[48,49] or [57, Chapter~6]\u)''\\
+ and move the parenthesised citations to the end of the sentence.
+
+\erroronpage{614}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Missing closing quotes:
+ ``the ``extended\u{\strut''} or ``enhanced'' \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{616}{boxed texts}{FMi}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Corrections as outlined in summary entry above.
+
+\erroronpage{618}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
+ (also in following text).
+
+\erroronpage{620}{para 1, l.1; para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``the first \u{seven} keys'' \> ``the first \u{eight} keys''\\
+ ``The first \u{nine} keys'' \> ``The first \u{ten} keys''
+
+\erroronpage{620}{para 5, l.2}{FMi}{2005/04/27}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots in the \u{optional arguments}.'' \>
+ ``\ldots in the \textit{key/val-list}.''
+
+%\erroronpage{621}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+% Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+
+\erroronpage{623}{para 1, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Delete word: ``some \u{of} key combinations''
+
+\erroronpage{623}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
+ (also in following text).
+
+\erroronpage{630}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Replace: ``the next |\parbox| examples'' \> ``the next
+ \u{\texttt{tabular}} examples''
+
+\erroronpage{631}{para -1, l.-1}{JBr}{2004/08/02}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val}'' \> ``\textit{key/val}''
+
+\erroronpage{632}{fig. 10.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ The horizontal extent of the box is called ``|length|'' \>
+ probably better: ``|width|''.\\
+ Missing standalone horizontal specs:
+ ``|[l]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[lc]|'';
+ ``|[r]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[rc]|''.
+
+\erroronpage{632}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
+
+\erroronpage{633}{para 1, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4}
+ Add character: ``A matrix \ldots\ appear\u{s} below.''
+
+\erroronpage{633}{l.-2}{HjG/DPa}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``The material in the section can be compared to
+ Sebastian\ldots'' \>
+ ``The material in this section is similar to that of Sebastian\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{637}{footnote 2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
+
+\erroronpage{639}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ The parentheses `(' and `)' should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{640}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ ``the second |\vector| is truncated'' \>
+ ``the second |\vector| is not rendered correctly''
+
+\erroronpage{641}{first two boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ The parentheses `(' and `)' around ``x1,y1'' (3 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.\\
+ All coordinates should be in (math) italic with subscripts
+ (cf., e.g., pp.607/610): $x_1$, $y_1$, $x_2$, $y_2$.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 2 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Replace: ``between points (x1,y2)'' \> ``between points (x1,\u{y1})''
+
+\erroronpage{641}{syntax boxes}{FMi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ The variable parts do not show the right fonts.
+
+\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.1}{ReSt}{2005/04/17}{4}
+ Remove: ``The |\Curve| command\u{s} is similar\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Second occurrence of mandatory argument should use the same font as
+ the first one, i.e., ``\textit{m}'' instead of ``\texttt{m}''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 4, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Change sentence:\\
+ ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value \u{in points}
+ (i.e., not affected by |\unitlength|)\u{ with the unit omitted}.''
+ \>\\
+ ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value (i.e., not
+ affected by |\unitlength|)\u{, given in any of \LaTeX's units}.''
+
+\erroronpage{642}{item 6, l.2}{ReSt}{2005/04/28}{4}
+ Remove: ``font information \u{information} to allow\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{643}{para 4, l.3}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ delete ``,and .gif''
+
+\erroronpage{643}{para 3, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{s}
+ Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is mispelled. The correct spelling
+ is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''.
+
+\erroronpage{643}{para 4, l.5}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Add: ``\ldots can be converted to PDF by
+ImageMagick's \texttt{convert} utility\u{, \texttt{eps2pdf}} (\u{both
+of} which call \texttt{ghostscript}
+internally), \texttt{Acrobat Distiller}, or\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{646}{l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+Add:
+ ``(If the \texttt{dvi} file contains more than one
+page several output files are generated.)''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 11}
+
+\erroronpage{651}{1st example}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2}
+ ``Page 9 :'' should be typeset ``Page 9:''.
+
+\erroronpage{652}{2nd example}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Missing colon: ``Page 22\u{\strut:}''
+
+\erroronpage{652}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Surplus words: ``The latter case \u{is for} allows for \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{654}{para 2 l.7}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Missing |}|: ``like
+ |\index{\texttt{|\emph{key}|}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} and''
+
+
+
+%That's a nice one: somehow the copy-editor has but the output is one
+%of the few remaining graphics in the book, sigh
+
+\seriouserroronpage{656}{figs. 11.3+4}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ The text on p.649, l.1 claims:
+ ``Figures 11.3 and 11.4 on page 656 show the input and generated
+ output of a small \LaTeX{} document, \ldots, together with the
+ result of including the \textsf{showidx} package \ldots''
+ This does not quite hold: There are some differences in the text
+ and the output of \textsf{showidx} contains some index entries not
+ present in the source.
+
+\vspace{.5\baselineskip}
+ %
+\hspace*{-100pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} \hline
+ \multicolumn{3}{c}{Differences in the text} \\ \hline
+ & source (fig. 11.3) & output (fig. 11.4) \\ \hline
+ \S1 & \ldots actually written into that file \u{only} \ldots
+ & \ldots actually \u{only} written into that file \ldots \\
+ \S2 & \u{To} prepare the index \ldots
+ & \u{In order to} prepare the index \ldots\\
+ \S2 & \ldots, \u {such as} \ldots
+ & \ldots, \u{like} \ldots \\
+ \S3 & \ldots by \u{the index processor} \ldots
+ & \ldots by \u{\texttt{makeindex}} \ldots \\ \hline
+ \multicolumn{3}{c}{Missing index entries} \\ \hline
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{include index} \\
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{Final production run} \\
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{makeindex@\texttt{makeindex} program
+ \emph{(2nd instance)}} \\ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+
+\vspace{.5\baselineskip}
+The source has now been edited to match the printed output.
+
+
+\erroronpage{656}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
+ How horrible the page rotated counterclockwise!
+
+\erroronpage{657}{\texttt{-p} item, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots the three \u{special} cases \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{660}{tab 11.1, note}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+ Swap the words ``single'' and ``double''
+
+\iffalse
+% not a bug make it look nicer
+\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, right col.}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{}
+ Inter-line spacing in multiple-line entries ???\\(Keywords:
+ |headings_flag|, |item_x1|, |delim_0|, |page_precedence|)
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, l.12}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+ The identifier referred is ``\texttt{heading\_flag}'', but the
+ desciption uses the word ``\texttt{flag}''.
+
+
+\erroronpage{662}{l.6}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ The |-p| option is described on page 657.
+
+
+% in short rnaRA is correct
+\seriouserroronpage{664/665}{para -2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Confusion: default value of |page_precedence|:\\
+ In para~\mbox{-2}, l.\mbox{-1}:
+ ``\ldots; the default is |rRnaA|, as noted in Table~11.2 on
+ page~661.''
+ But in that table, ``|"rnaRA"|'' is given!\\
+ In para~\mbox{-1}, l.\mbox{-2}:
+ ``\ldots\ default |page_precedence| of |rnaRA| \ldots''!\\
+ (Also note that the remarks on p.666, para~2, suggest |rRnaA|,
+ referring to the same table as above.)
+
+Changed to consistently refer to rnaRA.
+
+page 666 changed to reflect rnaRA:\\
+`` \ldots\ assumes that pages numbered with lowercase Roman
+numerals precede those numbered with Arabic numerals, which in turn
+precede those numbered with the lowercase alphabet, uppercase Roman
+numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{661/664-5}{}{FMi}{2005/08/14}{4}
+
+ Confusion: the changes made in the second printing were wrong! The
+ default for |page_precedence| is |rRnaA| after all. (Or more
+ precisely: the program code shows |rnaRA| as the default but that
+ value is never used and the program logic implements |rRnaA| -- what
+ a mess.)
+
+ Most of that section rewriten to better explain the limitations of
+ MakeIndex in the area of ``funny'' page numbers.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{666}{para 4 l.5 and l.6}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Add extra visual space in second index: ``Likewise,
+ \verb*=\index{a space}= and
+ \verb*=\index{a space}= produce\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{668}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Slight inconsistency (also in subsequent text: para~\mbox{-2}):
+ File arguments named ``\emph{idx1 idx2 \ldots}'' -- as opposed to
+ pp.~655 and~674, where they're named ``\emph{idx0 idx1 \ldots}''.
+
+\erroronpage{669}{para 3}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Since xindy ignores all macros, it has no problems at all with
+ formatting macros, but more problems with macros producing text.
+ Substituted this paragraph with:
+
+ ``\texttt{texindy} ignores unknown
+ \TeX{} commands by default under the assumption that they do not
+ produce text. It also knows about typical text-producing commands
+ like \verb=\LaTeX= and \verb=\BibTeX= and handles them correctly.
+ If you have your own command definition that produces text, or if you
+ use one supplied by a package, then the entry is sorted
+ incorrectly. You will either need to specify an explicit sort key
+ in your index entry, as in \verb=\index{prog@\Prog}=, or write a
+ \texttt{xindy} style file with a merge rule, as explained in
+ Section~11.3.4.
+
+ Be aware that producing index entries in arguments of commands has
+ its own pitfalls, e.g., in
+ \verb=\command{Properties of \Prog\index{\Prog}}=.
+ Then \LaTeX{} commands might be expanded
+ before they are written to the \texttt{idx} file and the placement
+ in the index will depend on the expansion of \verb=\Prog=.''
+
+\erroronpage{669}{para -2, l.3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/07/01}{2}% already done by fmi
+ Add: ``\ldots \verb|\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| to all her
+ documents \u{(or on recent Linux distributions the
+ option \texttt{utf8})}, while\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{669}{section 11.3.2, para 2, L.3}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+"*her* documents": why a female *her*?
+
+\erroronpage{670}{table 11.3}{TMW/JS}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ texindy can only work with Latin scripts out of the box. Removed
+ all other languages, and checked list of supported languages with
+ current xindy ``\LaTeX{} Companion Release''.
+
+\erroronpage{671}{para 2}{JS}{2004/06/07}{2}
+Replace with: ``There are about 50 predefined languages available, 35 of them are
+readily usable with \texttt{texindy}. They are listed in
+Table~11.3 on the facing page; you select one of them with the
+\texttt{texindy} option~\texttt{-L}. The other predefined
+languages have non-Latin scripts, their usage is described in the
+\texttt{xindy} documentation.
+
+
+\erroronpage{672}{table 11.4}{TSS/JS/CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The \verb|word-order| module has two essentially equivalent
+ descriptions. The |letter-order| module doesn't mention that
+ it's turned on by texindy option \texttt{-l}. Use ``so-called'' as
+ an example for |ignore-hyphen|. Add table footnote ``When two
+ entries are identical except for ignored characters, those
+ characters are not ignored any more.''
+
+\erroronpage{673}{para 5, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``multiple \u{characters may} form a unit''
+
+\erroronpage{674}{para 1 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Extra word: ``those \u{of} available''
+
+\erroronpage{674/675}{boxed text and item list below}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Add option |[-C codepage]|. Add explanation between option |-L|
+ and |-q|: ``Use \textit{codepage} as internal base
+ encoding for sorting. This is used for fine-grained control of language
+ module selection, needed only for non-Latin scripts.''
+
+\erroronpage{675}{example code}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Exchange xindy example style file with one that works. (Half of the
+ lines were problematic in subtle ways.)
+
+\erroronpage{679}{example 3, para after the source}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+ \texttt{:define-attributes} \> \texttt{define-attributes}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{679}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4}
+ Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize
+that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in
+order to have the desired effect.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{680}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4}
+ Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize
+that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in
+order to have the desired effect.
+
+\erroronpage{680}{First code block}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{}
+ Correct: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
+ |\markboth|
+
+\erroronpage{681}{para 1 of \S 11.4.3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Extra word: ``augments \u{the} \LaTeX's indexing mechanism''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 12}
+
+\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{HVo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{}
+ The German word ``Schuldrecht'' is incorrectly hyphenated as
+ ``Schul\-drecht'' in several examples due to the fact that English
+ hyphenation patterns are used unless the language is
+ explicitly marked. This is a deliberate effect, see pages 719 and
+ 733--734.
+
+\erroronpage{683}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Missing word:
+ ``The chapter begins \u{with} a short introduction \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{684/685}{exa 12-1-2, l.-2 of source}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not''
+ for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is
+ referring.
+
+ Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple
+ authors''
+ so that it is clear that not the authors are a problem (though
+ come to think of it: given the example's authors\ldots)
+
+\erroronpage{685}{exa 12-1-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+
+\erroronpage{687}{para 1}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+Add: ``Depending on the layout produced by the class,
+it may result in \u{a normal space,} some extra space\u, or in starting a new line.''
+
+\erroronpage{688}{figure 12.1}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace in first item: |\cite| \> |\citation|
+
+\erroronpage{690}{entry test97}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Add ``\texttt{and others}'' to the author field. Otherwise the
+ example explanations in chapter 13 (pages 793--797) are
+ partially wrong.
+
+ Editorial comment: This change will affect the output of a
+ number of examples in chapter 12 as well.
+
+\erroronpage{691}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Set commas in `typewriter font'
+
+\erroronpage{694}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Missing comma: `\,``see [2--3,7\u,13]''\,'
+
+\erroronpage{696}{para 1, l.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots option \u{is} shown in Example 12-2-9\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{697}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Move period: `\,``Ref\u{''.}\,' \> `\,``Ref\u{.''}\,'
+
+%%\erroronpage{702}{para 2, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{}
+%% ``Evidently'' does not seem to me to be quite the right word here.
+%
+% not convinced yet /FMi
+
+\erroronpage{705}{exa 12-3-17/18}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{705}{para 3, l.5}{TMi}{2004/08/27}{4}
+ Replace ``Geophysics'' with ``Geophysical''.
+
+\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22, l.-2 of source}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not''
+ for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is
+ referring.
+
+ Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple
+ authors''
+
+
+\erroronpage{708}{para 3, l.6}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``situati\u{ui}n'' \> ``situation''
+
+\erroronpage{708}{para 4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Add: ``when using \u{the} \texttt{chicago} \u{\BibTeX\ style}.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{710}{para 4, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``locate the printed version.'' \> ``locate the
+ article within the journal.''
+
+\erroronpage{713}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Replace: ``|\citep|'' \> ``|\citealp|''
+
+\erroronpage{717}{para 1, l.4}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator},
+\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{719}{para 4, l.-2/-1}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Extra word: ``the \u{the} journal'' \\
+ Correct explanation: ``\ldots the journal name\u{, volume number,}
+ and year of publication, which is why we got ``TUGboat \u{10
+ [}1989\u]''.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{719}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Order of optional arguments are like |\cite| (i.e., swapped):\\
+ |\citetitle[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
+ |\citetitle[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|\\
+ |\cite*[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
+ |\cite*[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{722}{para 2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Correct explanation: ``\ldots is always ``author name, journal,
+ \u{volume,} and year''.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{723}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Order of optional arguments are like with |\cite|:\\
+ |\fullcite[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
+ |\fullcite[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|
+
+\erroronpage{726}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Delete comma:
+ ``\ldots\ when used together\u, with \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{727}{para 3, l.-3}{JBe}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Replace: \texttt{\textbackslash jbnovarioref} \>
+ \texttt{\textbackslash jbignorevarioref}
+
+\erroronpage{727}{examples 12-5-21/22}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Not wrong, but it looks funny: due to the chosen example height the
+ footnote from the previous page (not shown) is partially carried
+ over so we get ``43311-7'' as the first item in the footnote. That
+ is the last part of the ISBN number see example 12-5-20.
+
+ Previous page enlarged by one line to avoid this.
+ \verb|\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}|
+ added to (hidden) preamble commands.
+
+\erroronpage{729}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Correct: ``to ``Ibid.\u{, \S\,3}''.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{730}{example 12-5-28}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Citation 7 and 8 are similar, but the description above says
+ something else...
+
+ To correct this mistake and to better show what happens, the example
+ was changed to contain a slightly different set of citations (same
+ change was made to example 12-5-27):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur}
+ not shown on the left!
+\newpage
+ text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text
+ \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo}
+ text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur}
+ text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo}
+\end{verbatim}
+And the text above the example was changed as follows:
+
+ ``If \texttt{name\&title\&auto} was selected (either implicitly or
+explicitly), then the following happens: the first citation of a
+publication automatically displays the full entry (citation~5 in the
+next example). In case of repeated citations to unambiguous works
+only the name of the author(s) are shown (citation~8). For ambiguous citations
+this will be done only for immediately following citations
+(citation~4). However, if there are
+intervening citations, then the name(s) and short titles are shown
+(citations~3, 6, and~7).''
+
+\erroronpage{731}{para 1, l.4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Correct/change to: ``that \u{two}
+ citation\u{s} \ldots\ \u{are} actually wrong:''
+
+\erroronpage{732}{para 3. l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots''
+\> ``in which case \u{a} cross-reference \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{734}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/7}{4}
+ Correct: |\bibgerman| \> |\bib|\u{\texttt s}|german|
+
+\erroronpage{734}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2005/03/24}{4}
+ Remove surplus letters: ``get the correct\u{ion} hyphenation.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{741}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Missing closing brace:
+ |\renewcommand\opcit{\textit{supra}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{743}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Equal sign missing: \texttt{sortkey\u{ = }"Bismarck, Otto von"}.
+
+\erroronpage{744}{exa 12-5-48/49}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{}
+ There's a spurious space before all occurrences of
+ ``\textsc{D. E. Knuth}''! \\ This is (partly, ie in the footnote)
+ due to a missing percent in the definition of |\@realcite| and
+ |\@printbibliography| in the camel package. Seems that a problem
+ with the volume parsing in camel is the reason for the surplus
+ spaces showing up in the bibliography output. Reported to the
+ author.
+
+\erroronpage{745}{ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Missing metaness:\\
+ ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.tts}'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.tts}''\\
+ ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.lts}'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.lts}''
+
+\erroronpage{746}{tab 12.2}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Replace (`bibtopic' column, row 4; `multibib' column, row 7):\\
+ ``no'' \> ``No''
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change ``Requires tailored .bib files'' \> ``Works with standard
+ .bib files''
+ (and change matching row entries)
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change: ``Above typeset together somewhere'' \>
+ ``Group bibliographies together''
+
+\erroronpage{749}{para -1, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Missing accents: ``Jose Alberto Fernandez'' \> ``Jos\'e Alberto
+ Fern\'andez''
+
+\erroronpage{750}{para -3, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/03/31}{4}
+ Delete surplus word: ``\ldots as \u{the} the auxiliary files would be
+ overwritten.''
+
+\erroronpage{752}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Delete backslash:
+ ``\ldots in an \texttt{\u\textbackslash article} class).''
+
+\erroronpage{753}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Replace: ``|\bibliography|'' \> ``|\bibliographystyle|''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{755/756}{}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Wrong limitation of multibib: The whole passage from ``A final
+ difference'' up to ``|nocite|.'' should be replaced with something
+ like: ``The multibib package (since version 2.3 of 2004/01/24) is
+ compatible with most other packages that provide extensions to the
+ cite mechanisms, including \textsf{cite}, \textsf{natbib}, and
+ {jurabib}. Moreover, the package provides a general interface which
+ allows to add arbitrary extensions of cite commands to be recognized
+ by \textsf{multibib}.''
+
+ Editorial comment: change affects pagebreak position.
+
+\erroronpage{756}{Ex. 12-6-10}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Replace source text with:
+ |\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include|\\
+ |graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's|\\
+ |default citation scheme is| \\
+ |number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}.|\\
+ i.e., move/remove the sentence periods. This should not affect the
+ output as the superscript is moved and double periods are removed.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 13}
+
+% perhaps
+\erroronpage{758}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Delete word: ``\ldots\ to look for
+ \u{management} tools that help in managing such databases.''
+
+\erroronpage{758}{para 4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add+change: ``Once everything is under control, we return in
+ \u{Section~13.5} to the task of typesetting
+and look at how different \BibTeX{} styles can be used to produce
+different bibliography layouts from the same input. As there may not
+be a suitable style for a particular set of layout requirements
+available, Section~\u{13.5.2} discusses how to
+generate\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{763}{tab. 13.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ In the explanation for \texttt{misc}, replace:\\
+ ``(i.e., the entire field is empty)'' \>
+ ``(i.e., the entire entry is empty or has only ignored fields).''
+
+\erroronpage{764}{para -3, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add: ``following a field \u{name (and \texttt= sign)}''
+
+\erroronpage{765}{tab. 13.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ In the explanation for \texttt{type}:\\
+ l.2: Add word:
+ ``For the \u{entry} type \texttt{phdthesis} \ldots''\\
+ l.3: Punctuation is not part of string:
+ ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation|\texttt{\u.}|"|'' \>
+ ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation"|\u.''\\
+ l.5: Punctuation is not part of strings:\\
+ ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2\u," type = "Section\u."}'' \> \\
+ ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2"}\u{ and} \texttt{type = "Section"}\u.''
+
+\erroronpage{765}{`key's description, l.1}{JMH}{2005/06/29}{4}
+Remove ``cross-referencing'': cross-referencing just uses key appearing in
+|\cite| commands.
+
+\erroronpage{766/767}{several places}{DAl}{2005/09/12}{4}
+ Replaced ``Miguel Lopez Fernandez'' by ``Miguel Parra Benavides''
+ as the original name would really require accents that are not yet
+ discussed at this point.
+
+\erroronpage{766}{para 6, l.1 }{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Move comma: Fernandez\u{,''} should be Fernandez\u{'',}
+
+\erroronpage{768}{para 4, l.4}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``(see Section 13.2.2)'' \> ``(see below)'' \\
+ After all we are in 13.2.2 :-)
+
+\erroronpage{770}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Replace: ``text \u{field} of \BibTeX\ \u{entries}'' \>
+ ``text \u{part} of \BibTeX\ \u{fields}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{771}{verb. text}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Surplus closing brace:
+ ``|"\providecommand\url[1]{\texttt{#1}}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|"|''
+
+\erroronpage{771}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``different sorting rules from English'' \>
+ ``sorting rules different from those of English''
+
+\erroronpage{772}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
+
+\erroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``put \u{from \BibTeX}\ into the \texttt{.bbl} file'' \>
+ ``put into the \texttt{.bbl} file \u{by \BibTeX}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``and \u{an} additional \LaTeX\ run'' \>
+ ``and \u{two} additional \LaTeX\ run\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{773}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add: ``articles and book\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{775}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change font: ``in the \texttt{\u{string}} parameter'' \>
+ ``in the \emph{\u{string}} parameter''
+
+\erroronpage{777}{program output}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+After changing the bib file this line comes out as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+%% "EX/tex.bib", line 92: Unexpected value in ``year = "1980ff"''.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``all \u{entries} are examined'' \>
+ ``all \u{fields of an entry} are examined''
+
+\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``value part of the \u{entries}'' \>
+ ``value part of the \u{fields}''
+
+\erroronpage{778}{para 4,l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace: ``\texttt{year=1980ff}'' \> ``|year={1980ff}|''
+
+\erroronpage{779--784}{throughout}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Shell command lines should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
+
+\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add: ``one ore more \BibTeX\ databases as its argument\u{(s)}''
+
+\erroronpage{779}{footnote 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add second hyphen: ``after the \texttt{-} option.''
+ \> ``after the \texttt{-\u-} option.''
+
+\erroronpage{780}{top}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Spurious space on top of page.
+
+\erroronpage{784}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Typo (forgotten backslash!?):
+ ``Progpybliographer'' \> ``\textsf{pybliographer}''
+
+\erroronpage{787}{l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
+
+\erroronpage{787}{para -2, l.1}{CKr}{2005/04/20}{4}
+ Remove surplus letter: ``The \textsf{JBibtexManager} program
+ develop\u{p}ed by Nizar Batada''
+
+\erroronpage{788}{fig. caption}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Add: The \textsf{JBibtexManager} workspace with the \u{(German locale)}
+
+\erroronpage{788}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``Most of these restrictions have been lifted in the
+ new version of JBibtexManager.''
+
+\erroronpage{789}{para 2, l.1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``\ldots are kept unchanged but they are
+ neither visible nor modifiable from within the program.'' \\
+ \>
+ ``\ldots are neither visible nor modifiable
+ except when using the ``raw \BibTeX'' mode in the newest version of
+ the program. ''
+
+
+\erroronpage{789}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
+Replace whole paragraph with:
+``The program is not available on CTAN. Its current home is
+\texttt{http://jabref.sourceforge.net/}, where it was merged
+with a similar project called \textsf{BibKeeper}
+under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.''
+
+\erroronpage{789}{para 5, l.3}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Small rewrite:
+ The only ``foreign'' export formats supported are \texttt{.bbl} files
+ \u{and \texttt{.htm} files} (i.e., processing a selection of entries with
+ \BibTeX{} or \BibTeX8 from within the program and producing HTML
+ from a selection of entries\u{)}.
+
+\erroronpage{791--793}{tab 13.4}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ \texttt{apa.bst} -- add:
+ ``American Psychology Association \u{\BibTeX\ style}'' \\
+ \texttt{jmb.bst} -- add:
+ ``\emph{Journal of Molecular Biology} \u{\BibTeX}\ style''\\
+ Some journal names are written in italic, other's aren't:
+ Astronomy; Behavioral and Brain Sciences; Human Biology.
+
+
+\erroronpage{793}{para 1, l.2}{SN}{2004/06/11}{2}
+ Remove surplus word: ``using another \u{the} \BibTeX{} style''.
+
+\erroronpage{793}{para 2,l.5}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
+ Remove comma: ``\ldots wich will show us\u{,} how different\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{794}{exa 13-5-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{795}{exa 13-5-3/4}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{795}{para 2, l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace: ``author's name'' \> ``authors' names''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{795}{para 2, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ The text states: ``Also note the interesting label produced for the
+ reference with more than three authors.'' \\
+ However, example 13-5-4 cannot show this, as there are only three
+ authors (item~[GUD97]).
+
+\erroronpage{796}{exa 13-5-5/6}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{796}{para 1, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ The text states: ``Note that the entry with more than three authors
+ has now been collapsed, showing only the first one.'' \\
+ Again, example 13-5-5 does not show this, as there are only three
+ authors, and all three are shown (item~[5]).
+
+\seriouserroronpage{797}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{first} entry.'' \>
+ ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{second} entry.'' \\
+ (Obviously, the citation of \texttt{LGC97} has been added to
+ example 13-5-7 \emph{after} this text was written.)
+
+\erroronpage{797}{exa 13-5-7}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{798}{tab 13.5, l. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{}
+ Replace: ``Erwin'' \>
+ '`Ervin''
+
+\erroronpage{798}{para 1, l.3}{CKr}{2005/04/23}{4}
+ Remove surplus word: ``\ldots, then it is all that \u{it} is necessary.''
+
+\erroronpage{800}{Citation scheme,l.2}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
+ Replace letter: ``\ldots different questions th\u{a}n if you
+ choose\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{802}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``derivation'' \> ``deviation''
+
+\erroronpage{802}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
+ Replace wrong braces:
+ ``|\urlprefix\url[|\textit{field-value}|]|'' \>
+ ``|\urlprefix\url{|\textit{field-value}|}|''
+
+\erroronpage{803}{para -2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``in the second phase of the \u{formatting}'' \>
+ ``in the second phase of the \u{processing}''
+
+
+\erroronpage{806}{list, item 3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Extra character: ``Printed in the order in which the\u{e}
+ references\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{806}{para -3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
+ Move this paragraph to the bottom of the page since it is really an
+ explanation about the functions defined for each publication type.
+
+\erroronpage{808}{table 13.8}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace description for |int.to.chr$| with:
+ ``Translates integers into a characters using the ASCII mapping''
+
+\erroronpage{810}{\texttt{fin.entry} example}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace in ``\emph{After Modification}'' part (2~times):
+ ``|\sc|'' \> ``|\scshape|''
+
+\erroronpage{811}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``at the beginning of this section'' \>
+ ``on the facing page''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 14}
+
+\erroronpage{814}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Delete doubled word:
+ ``The most important \u{important} commands \ldots''
+
+%% not really a bug but inconsistent
+\erroronpage{814}{para -1, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Explicitly show spaces: \verb*=% \iffalse= \ldots\ \verb*=% \fi=
+
+\erroronpage{815}{syntax boxes 2+3}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ For clarification the argument of |\DescribeMacro| and that of
+ |\begin{macro}| should both start with a |\|.
+
+\erroronpage{816}{para -3, l.4+}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Change sentence:
+ Note that \u{such short forms for \texttt{\textbackslash verb},
+ just} like \texttt{\textbackslash verb} itself,
+ cannot appear in the argument of another command, but
+ \u{the characters} may be used
+ freely inside \texttt{verbatim} and \texttt{macrocode} environments.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{820}{para 2, last line}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Change to: ``lines 1, 2, and \u{4} if \texttt{Bname} is also
+asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.''
+
+\erroronpage{820}{para 3, l.5}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Remove surplus space: ``behind \%\u{~} signs\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{820}{table 14.1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Entries not sorted correctly: swap |\CheckSum| and |\CheckModules|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{821}{descr.\ of
+ \ttfamily\textbackslash DeleteShortVerb}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ \verb=\MakeshortVerb= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb}\\
+ \verb=\MakeshortVerb*= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb*}
+
+\erroronpage{821}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ As suggested by HOb (p.815):
+ ``|\DescribeMacro{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'' and
+ ``|\begin{macro}{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''.
+
+\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 2}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ |\meta{|\emph{arg}|}| ``Print \u{the} argument \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 3}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Replace with: \verb=\SpecialEscapechar{\=\emph{char\/}\verb=}=
+
+\seriouserroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry -2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Wrong default: ``(default |*|)'' \> ``(default |!|)''
+
+\erroronpage{823}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ As suggested by HOb (p.815):
+ ``|\SpecialIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'',
+ ``|\SpecialMainIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'', and
+ ``|\SpecialUsageIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{824}{table 14.1, entry 6}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Typo: |\MakePercentCommand| \> |\MakePercentComment|
+
+\erroronpage{825}{para 3, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ ``\% sign'' \> ``|%| sign''
+
+\erroronpage{825}{para 5, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ ``target'' \> ``target machine''
+
+% making the syntax box bigger affects next page as well:
+\seriouserroronpage{826/827}{code box}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Closing brace of \verb=\generate{...}= is missing. Also it would be
+ better if the box shows that several |\file| commands can be used.
+
+\erroronpage{826/827}{para -1\slash para 2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
+ The descriptions referring to the syntax box do not characterize
+ the changed contents of that box (due to a previous error report).
+
+ Not only a single \textit{result-file} is possible:\\
+ ``Within the argument to |\generate| you specify the
+ \textit{result-file} you want to produce by using a |\file|
+ declaration.''
+
+ The text ``as given above'' does no longer hold:\\
+ ``With the syntax specification for |\generate| as given above,
+ you can produce one \textit{result-file} from one or more
+ \textit{source-files}.''
+
+\erroronpage{826}{l.2}{HjG}{2005/02/26}{4}
+ Replace: LaTeX \> \LaTeX{}
+
+\erroronpage{826}{para -2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add: ``only the code piece\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{827}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
+ ``source files'' \> ``\emph{source-files}''
+
+\erroronpage{827}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Editorial comment: reprinted because of pagebreak changes.
+
+\erroronpage{828}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Extra word: ``If so, \u{case}'' \> ``If so,''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{829}{syntax box}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ |\preamble|, |\endpreamble|, |\postamble|, and |\endpostamble| all
+ have to be on lines by themselves, so the displayed syntax is a bit
+ misleading (to say it nicely).
+
+\erroronpage{829}{para -2, l.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add word: ``in \u{the} \textsc{docstrip} package documentation''
+
+\erroronpage{830}{para 4, ll.5/6}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``In addition, the user \u{has configured} the \textsc{docstrip}
+ program \ldots'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \u{has to configure} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{830}{para 5, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add: ``in the \textsc{docstrip} \u{script}''
+
+\erroronpage{831}{ll. 4 to 15}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ The |\usedir| declarations in the example are not in accordance
+ with the TDS set-up. They show what \textsf{jurabib}
+ currently implements in its \texttt{.ins} files.
+ However, the correct set-up would be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usedir{tex/latex/jurabib}
+ \file{jurabib.sty}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{package}}
+ \file{dejbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{german}}
+ ...
+ \usedir{bibtex/bst/jurabib}
+ \file{jurabib.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurabst}}
+ ...
+ \usedir{doc/latex/jurabib}
+ \file{jbtest.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{test}}
+ ...
+\end{verbatim}
+ This also requires to change the text following.
+
+\erroronpage{831}{ll.16/17}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Double interword space?
+ (if so: 2x visible, 1x vanished in line break)\\
+ ``in \ |tex/...|'' \qquad yes, bug in \texttt{url}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{831/832}{general}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Replace throughout: |\DeclareDirectory| \> |\DeclareDir|.\\
+ Unfortunately, \texttt{docstrip} is not consistent in its command names.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{832}{l. 5}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Missing \texttt{*}: |\DeclareDir|\u{\texttt{*}}|{tex/bibtex/...|
+
+\erroronpage{832}{code blocks}{DPa}{2004/08/04}{2}
+ Three instances of |tex/bibtex| in |\DeclareDir| should lose the |tex/| to
+ conform to TDS and change made on page 831
+
+\erroronpage{832}{2. code block}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{}
+ Replace: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
+
+\erroronpage{832}{para 4, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Change: ``\ldots a single |\UseTDS| in\ldots'' \>
+ ``a |\UseTDS| and a |\BaseDirectory| declaration in\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{832}{para 5, l. -3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as
+ ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live''
+
+\erroronpage{832}{l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
+ Underline, as it is command line input.
+
+\erroronpage{833}{para -1, l.1}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{4}
+ Spurious extra blank between ``Another potential''.
+
+
+\erroronpage{834}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Change: ``These command\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{834}{para 5, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Closing parenthesis should not be in `typewriter font':\\
+ ``(after |\begin{document}|\u)''
+
+\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+Missing letter: ``the source files into a
+``user'' documentation and a\u{n} ``implementation'' part.''
+
+\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.5}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+Missing word: ``as the \textsf{doc} package \u{is} loaded''
+
+\erroronpage{835}{ll.-6/-4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots\ \u{and no} configuration file.'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \u{without a} configuration file.''
+
+\erroronpage{837}{exa 14-4-1}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+ Editoral comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this chapter is modified to
+ show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input and output will not match).
+
+\erroronpage{837}{para 2,l.3}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``running \u{heading}'' \>
+ ``running \u{header}''
+
+\erroronpage{838}{code box}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ \texttt{\$Id\$}: first |$| uses wrong font (2 times)
+
+\erroronpage{839}{exa 14-4-2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+ Editorial comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this chapter is modified to
+ show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input and output will not match).
+
+\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 1, l.1 and l.3}{AHo}{2004/09/02}{4}
+ Replace: \texttt{nottoday} \> \texttt{notoday}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Replace brackets with braces: ``\texttt{%
+ \char`\\pagestyle\u\textbraceleft fancy\u\textbraceright}''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix A}
+
+\erroronpage{842}{para 2, l.5}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/03}{2}
+ Remove: ``\ldots
+ \texttt{A}\ldots\texttt{Z})\u{ in case of command names prefixed with a
+ backslash}.''
+
+\erroronpage{842}{para 3, marginal}{FMi}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Change: ``Environments and command names'' \> ``Environments''
+
+\erroronpage{842}{para 3}{PYu/FMi}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Remove: ``On
+ the other hand, names of environments \u{and counters}
+ are different.''
+
+Add: ``In this case the
+\texttt{*} is part of the name \u{and spaces preceding it are not ignored}. Thus, when writing
+\verb*=\begin{figure *}=, the space would become part of the name \u{and
+is not recognized as the start of a \texttt{figure*} environment}.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{843}{para 3, l.2}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Missing word: ``and |\z@| contain |@| \u{in} their name''
+
+\erroronpage{843}{para 4, l.3}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2}
+ Change: ``to do: the difficult'' \> ``to do\u; the difficult''
+
+\erroronpage{844}{para 4, l.4}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/04}{2}
+ Replace: ``Thus, the above example could be shortened to'' \>
+ ``Thus, the definition in the above example should be
+ replaced as follows:''
+
+\erroronpage{846}{para 1, l.2}{ARi}{2004/07/02}{2}
+ A period should follow the right parenthesis and ``without''
+ should be capitalized.
+
+\iffalse
+% maybe
+\erroronpage{845/846/847}{syntax boxes and text}{FMi}{2004/07/04}{}
+ Replace: ``\textit{command definition}'' \>
+ ``\textit{command-definition}''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{847}{para. 5, ll. 2-3}{PYu}{2004/07/04}{2}
+ For consistency replace \meta{cmd}with \textit{cmd}
+and \meta{command definition} with \textit{command definition}.
+
+\erroronpage{851}{para 5, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2}
+ Add + change font: ``It also defines \u{the command}
+ |\the|\u{\textit{newctr}} to\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{852}{code block 1, l.2}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Second \verb=\makeatletter= should be \verb=\makeatother=
+
+\erroronpage{852}{para 3, l.-3}{FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
+ ``\u{For that reason} the next example'' \> ``\u{As a result} the next example''
+
+\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2004/07/24}{2}
+Move word: ``|\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| \u{command} or when\ldots'' \>
+ ``\u{command} |\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| or when\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.-3}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
+Change:
+ ``It is \emph{not} suitable to print that number! For that reason a
+ set\ldots'' \>
+ ``However, the command cannot be used to typeset the value of the
+ counter! For that purpose a set\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{853}{l.6}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
+ Missing space: ``c,\u{~}\dots, z''
+
+\erroronpage{853}{para 4,ll.2+3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots definitions for sectioning \u{counters}''
+
+\erroronpage{853}{counter code block}{FMi}{2005/06/09}{4}
+The order of declarations of the counters is incorrect; they have to be
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter{section}
+\newcounter{subsection}[section]
+\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
+\end{verbatim}
+or you will receive a ``counter not defined'' error.
+
+\iffalse
+\erroronpage{853}{general}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{}
+ Perhaps ``|\the|\meta{ctr}'' should be written without the meta
+ braces to match the form used on p.~852. \\
+ Then again, perhaps not.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{854}{ll. 1+2}{FMi}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Add word and commata: ``Only the representation\u{, prefix,} and
+ label field commands
+ are defined \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{854}{code block 1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/25}{2}
+Replace with approx:\\[6pt]
+\hspace*{-140pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}} \renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\renewcommand\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}} \renewcommand\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\renewcommand\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)} \renewcommand\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand\labelenumi {\theenumi.} \newcommand\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+\newcommand\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.} \newcommand\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+
+
+\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1, l.4}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4}
+ Change ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' (no caret); and delete the
+comma after inch
+
+
+\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Add: \texttt{ex} \quad Height of a small ``x'' in the current font \u{(approximately)}
+\\
+Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width
+ of capital ``M'' in current font \u{(approximately)}
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, ll.1-3}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Correct: ``horizonal'' \> ``horizon\u{t}al'' (three times)
+
+\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, l.6}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2}
+ Add: ``a \u{solid} horizontal line''
+
+\erroronpage{857}{table A.3}{V-Li}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ |\vspace{len}| is missing
+
+\erroronpage{858}{l.-8}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Add: ``\u{missing or} misplaced |\item|''
+
+\erroronpage{858}{syntax box}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2}
+ |\addvspace{|\textit{space}|}| should be typeset in a smaller font.
+
+\erroronpage{859}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Typo: ``ar\u{r}ises'' \> ``arises''
+
+\erroronpage{860}{para 1 of \S A.2, l.5}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``that behaves similarly to a\ldots''
+ \> ``that behaves \u{much like} a\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{861}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The \(\Longleftrightarrow\) in the margin seems to sport a tiny
+ gap in the middle (seems to be a lucida set-up problem).
+
+\erroronpage{866}{para 2 of \S A.2.3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped: ``height of a \u{box framed} with
+ |\fbox| or |\framebox|''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{867}{ll.1/2 after exa A-2-17}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ \(2 \times 5.3\,\mathrm{pt} + 0.4\,\mathrm{pt} = 11\,\mathrm{pt}
+ \ne 12\,\mathrm{pt}\) so skip should be $5.8\,\mathrm{pt}$.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{868}{Table A4.}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Default value of depth of \verb=\hrule= should be 0.0pt (not 0.4pt).
+
+\seriouserroronpage{871}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ ``binary operators (, , , )'' should be typeset
+ ``binary operators (\texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, \texttt{/})''.
+
+
+\erroronpage{875/876}{tab. A.5}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{2}
+ Add: ``\TeX{} switches \u{(can only be queried)}'' \\
+ Add: ``\LaTeX{} switches \u{(last two can be set)}'' \\ \qquad (these are
+ |@afterindent| and |@tempswa|)\\
+ Add row:\\
+ |@afterindent| \quad \parbox[t]{7cm}{Switch checked by command
+ |\@afterheading| (usually used in headings) to
+ prevent (if |false|) indentation of next
+ paragraph.}
+
+ Editorial comment: change moves pagebreak.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{878}{codeline 4 (?)}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ |\usepackage[german]{varioref}[2001/09/0]:| day number is missing
+ (test for version doesn't work then anymore!)
+
+\erroronpage{886}{fig.~A.1}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Add: \verb=\ProcessOptions= \u{\texttt{\char`\\relax}}
+ (cf. hint on p.~882!)
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
+
+\erroronpage{891}{para 1, l.7}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+Missing letter: ``\verb=l.167 \par=\u{\texttt{t}}\verb={Text}=''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{892}{para 1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ ``\verb=\romen= (lines 1 and~2)''
+ \>
+ ``\verb=\romen= (lines 2 and~3)''
+
+\erroronpage{892}{para -1, ll.2--4}{HOb/FMi}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Add: ``Technically, a moving argument is an argument
+ that is internally expanded by \LaTeX{} without typesetting it
+ directly\u{ (e.g.}, by using the internal \LaTeX{} construct
+ |\protected@edef|\textsuperscript{1}\u).''
+
+\erroronpage{893}{para 2, l.8}{MHo/FMi}{2004/10/05}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``On the other hand, |\cong| is fragile\ldots''
+ \>
+ ``On the other hand, |\[...\]| is fragile\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{894}{l.-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Add word: \ldots still open) \u{or} will be swallowed\ldots
+
+\erroronpage{896}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{896}{item 4}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move four items down.
+
+\erroronpage{896}{item -1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Whether or not the image size can be automatically determined
+ depends on the graphics driver. Last sentence rewritten as follows:\\
+ ``It usually does this automatically, for example, for
+\texttt{.eps} files by reading the bounding box
+information. However, depending on the graphics driver, it may be
+unable to extract this information from binary
+bitmap images such as \texttt{.jpg}, \texttt{.gif}, and \texttt{.png} files.''
+
+\erroronpage{897}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{899}{item 1}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ The extra \verb=\or= could result from bad use of \verb=\ifthenelse=
+
+\erroronpage{899}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as
+ ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live''
+
+\erroronpage{901}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as
+ ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{902}{l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing letter: ``\texttt{\char`\\dis\u{c}retionary}''
+
+\erroronpage{907}{item 5, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/30}{4}
+ Add missing word: ``\ldots or \texttt{figure}, \u{is} encountered\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{907--909}{item 2}{UFi/FMi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ \TeX{} error message missing: ``\texttt{No room for a new ...}''
+
+ The packages loaded in your document require more internal registers
+(|\count|, |\dimen|, \ldots) than there are available in \TeX. Try
+processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the
+\textsf{etex} package.
+
+ Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 908/909 as well.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{909}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ In the sample output, the lines ``\texttt{<*> samplefile.tex}'' and
+ ``\texttt{? }'' should be indented by the same amount as the first
+ four lines.
+
+\erroronpage{909}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``an\u{ }\verb=\addvspace= command''
+
+%%check (that's me)
+\iffalse
+\erroronpage{911}{item 5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{}
+ ``To the author's knowledge, \ldots''
+ \>
+ ``To the authors' knowledge, \ldots''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move four items down.
+
+\erroronpage{913}{item -3, l.-3/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Replace word: ``\ldots commands \u{and}, if necessary, masking a line
+ break in the source with a \verb=%= sign.''
+
+\erroronpage{914}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``\verb=\spacefactor=\u{ }only''
+
+\erroronpage{917}{footnote}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Replace footnote with: ``In modern distributions \LaTeX{} is automatically
+ using the e\TeX{} program. On older installations you may have to
+ call a different program (e.g., \texttt{elatex} instead of
+ \texttt{latex}) when processing a
+ document.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{918}{l.-13}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Misplaced comma:\\
+ ``\ldots\ arguments thereby, using up \ldots''
+ \>\\
+ ``\ldots\ arguments, thereby using up \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{920}{item 2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{921}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move item to top.
+
+\erroronpage{923}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{924}{item 2, para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Typo: ``th\u{r}ough'' \> ``though''
+
+\erroronpage{925}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``the command\u{ }\verb=\symbol=''
+
+\erroronpage{925}{item -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Extra word: ``are \u{the} those'' \> ``are those''\\
+ Surplus space: `` register~\u~0'' \> ``register~0''
+
+\erroronpage{925}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move item one up.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 4, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be
+ ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}''
+
+\erroronpage{926}{item 5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Typo: ``built'' \> ``build''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 5, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be
+ ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{928}{item 6, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ ``\verb=Tight \hbox='' should be ``\verb=Tight \vbox=''
+
+\erroronpage{930}{item 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Omit paragraph indentation!
+
+\erroronpage{930}{item 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Typo: ``i\u{t}entify'' \> ``identify''
+
+\erroronpage{931}{item 4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots\ package \u{or class} in question.''
+
+\erroronpage{931}{item 4}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ The warning also happens if you give absolute or relative
+ pathnames like \verb=\documentclass{base/article}=
+
+\erroronpage{931}{item 6}{MBr/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Order here is debatable but a ``,'' may not be good for visual
+ sorting, so move this item one up (placeholder are always sorted to
+ top so it doesn't pass ``package-or-class''.
+
+\erroronpage{932}{para 4, l.1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Typo: ``\u{t}which \> ``which''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{935}{ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The text claims:\\
+ ``The output is slightly different: the name \u{and the type} of a
+ token are not shown by |\meaning|; instead, only its ``meaning'' is
+ presented.''\\
+ However, as example B-3-1 depicts, the type \emph{is} shown; hence,
+ the sentence should be changed to:\\
+ ``The output is slightly different: the name
+ of the token \u{is} not shown by
+ |\meaning|; instead, only \u{its type and} its ``meaning''
+ \u{are} presented.''
+
+\erroronpage{936}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Closing brace should be after ``19'' and not at end of line.
+
+\erroronpage{938}{para -1, l.3}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Difficult to understand; replace:
+ ``\ldots a large \u{increase in} \texttt{t=} between''
+
+\erroronpage{939}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``\ldots\ \TeX{} indicates \u{this fact} with \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{941}{l.19/20}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Add: ``so-called demerits \u{(\texttt{d=})}''
+
+\erroronpage{942}{l.22}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Change: ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@2}};''
+ \> ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@6}};''
+
+\erroronpage{943}{para -1 of \S B.3.3, l.-6}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Typo: ``shinkability'' \> ``shrinkability''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix C}
+
+\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{FMi}{2005/07/01}{4}
+ Appendix was partially rewritten to reflect changes in the layout
+ of the web sites. More importantly: CTAN changed their ftp
+ software and stopped supporting the generation of directory
+ archives on the fly. Instead they now offer precompiled
+ \texttt{zip} files that can be downloaded.
+
+\erroronpage{947}{ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Missing word: ``it is best \u{to} access''
+
+\erroronpage{947}{para -1, l.5}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
+
+\erroronpage{948}{para -1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Show short name: ``\ldots\ \TeX{} Users Group (\u{TUG}, United States)''
+
+\erroronpage{950}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Typo: ``a site that i\u{s} not too distant''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{953}{l.11}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Replace line: ``\verb=>>>>>>> 1.6='' \>
+ ``\texttt{200-index graphicx}''
+ (probably due to an incomplete merge with CVS)
+
+\erroronpage{954}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ ``\TeX live'' \> ``\TeX{} Live''
+
+\erroronpage{955}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Remove surplus word:
+ ``in \u{the} Thomas Esser's \texttt{tetex} distribution''
+
+\erroronpage{955}{para -2, l.-4}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Letters need to be swapped: ``eig\u{ht}eenth''
+
+\erroronpage{956}{cn: entry}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``\u{name}: Hong Feng'' \> ``\u{contact}: Hong Feng''
+
+\erroronpage{957}{col. 2, l.15}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ This should read ``Lietuvos \TeX'o Vartotoj\k{u} Grup\.{e}''.
+
+\erroronpage{958}{col. 1, l.19}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ An acute accent should be added: ``Toru\'n''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
+
+\erroronpage{963}{[1]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed: \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/font/T1_SPEC.PDF}
+
+\erroronpage{963}{[2]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed: \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5001.DSC_Spec.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{963}{[3]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed:
+ \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{964}{[5]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed:
+ \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference.pdf}
+
+
+\erroronpage{965}{[17], l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Delete character: ``in a\u{n} multi-language setting''
+
+\erroronpage{966}{[25]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
+
+\erroronpage{973}{[88]}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The bibliography entry for "The Art of Computer Programming" lacks
+ ISBN numbers: 0-201-89683-4, 0-201-03822-6, and 0-201-03803-X.
+
+\erroronpage{973}{[90], l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``\ldots do not look as \u{beautiful now} as they did in the past.''
+
+\erroronpage{973}{[91]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
+
+\erroronpage{975}{[107], [109], [110], [111]}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Incomplete URLs:\\
+ \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/ltnews/}}\\
+ \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/guides/fntguide.pdf}}\\
+ \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/guides/cfgguide.pdf}}\\
+ \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/lppl/}}
+
+\erroronpage{976}{[117]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{s}
+ The title is ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
+
+\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
+
+\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{FMi}{2005/07/09}{4}
+ Link is missing a period:
+ \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/tug99}\texttt{\u.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{978}{[138]}{FMi}{2005/06/25}{4}
+ Now has appeared: 24\#1, pp.~105--114, 2004. URL:
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb24-1/plaice.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{979}{[143]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing period: Robert M\u. Ritter
+
+\erroronpage{979}{entry 146, l.3}{RWa}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Missing word: ``for \LaTeX\ \u{and} a possible''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[151]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Remove: ``\LaTeX\u{Joachim Schrod}.''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[153]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Swap words: ``often are'' \> ``are often''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[155]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Missing word: ``For \u{the} \textsf{kuvio} system\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[157]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right (stray space?).
+
+\erroronpage{981}{[158]-[162]}{RKo}{2005/11/11}{s}
+ Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is mispelled (accents in [161/2]). The correct spelling
+ is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''.
+
+ Furthermore, the surename is H\`an so the entries should have been sorted
+ under H (something that can't be corrected easily).
+
+\erroronpage{981}{[161]}{CKr}{2005/07/06}{4}
+ Remove surplus name in text: ``User\u{Sebastian Rahtz} manual \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{981}{[162/3], title}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Change: ``Makeindex'' \> ``makeindex''
+
+\erroronpage{982}{[168]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources should be:\\
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/\u{tb11-3/tb29vulis.pdf}}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+\erroronpage{983--1082}{index}{FMi}{2004/06/11}{}
+ I do not list changes to the index that are results of other errata
+ entries as they are too dificult to track. Instead I will put an
+ updated index on the web at
+ \url{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2-ap4.pdf} once in a while.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2005/09/08}{4}
+ Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add index entries into production notes, e.g., for example setup,
+ hanging punctuation, \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{983}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Remove surplus word: ``\ldots one of \u{the} the following''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{983}{para -2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ The text explains the meaning of bold and blue page numbers,
+ but fails to point out the significance of slanted (italic)
+ ones---there is none: blue italic indicates normal example blue bold
+ indicates example and also important info.
+
+\erroronpage{988,1009}{}{CKr}{2004/10/10}{4}
+ Replace: ``alphabetical document headings''
+ \> ``alphabetically numbered document headings''
+
+and
+
+ ``document headings / alphabetical''
+ \>
+ ``document headings / alphabetically numbered''
+
+\erroronpage{990}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct range: author-date citations / history of (699, 700)
+
+\erroronpage{992}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct: ``B\u{\'e}zier''
+
+\erroronpage{993}{}{SEg}{2005/04/26}{4}
+ bibliographies/authors/name,formatting shows 798--1092 but should be
+ just 798
+
+\erroronpage{1000}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct range: Citation systems /
+ author-date /
+ history of (699, 700)
+
+\erroronpage{1007}{}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Add page entry for |\DeclareFontSubstitution|
+ back to 431 (para~2).
+
+
+\erroronpage{1014}{secound col., l.8}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ missing index entry for ``eTeX, TeX extension''
+
+\erroronpage{1017}{}{FHa}{2004/10/05}{4}
+ The index entry for "floats / placement control" lists pages 286-983
+ for information. I think that is a bit too much. It should probably
+ end at page 291.
+
+
+\erroronpage{1019}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct range: fonts /
+ oblique (333)
+
+\erroronpage{1020}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4}
+ Replace ``fonts / URW Antigua'' \> ``fonts / URW Anti\u{q}ua''
+
+\erroronpage{1034}{first col.}{FMi}{2004/05/15}{2}
+ Add entry: ``lists / enumerated / user-defined, 151''
+
+\erroronpage{1035}{}{THa}{2004/07/02}{2}
+ ``\textsf{makeindex}'' \> ``\textsl{MakeIndex}''
+
+\erroronpage{1041}{}{FMi}{2004/08/02}{2}
+ ``\texttt{NACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' \>
+ ``\texttt{MACRO} \BibTeX{} command''
+
+\erroronpage{1051}{secound col., l.14}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ missing index entries for ``pdftex'' on p.7 and p.643
+
+\erroronpage{1069}{}{FMi}{2004/11/07}{4}
+ Replace: ``text symbols / setting-up'' \>
+ ``\u{math} symbols / setting-up''
+
+
+\erroronpage{1076}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4}
+ Replace ``URW Antigua'' \> ``URW Anti\u{q}ua''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{People}
+
+\erroronpage{1080}{page}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{4}
+ Editorial comment: Needs manual breaking in index output file for
+ second and fourth printing.
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Missing accents: ``Fernandez, Jose Alberto '' \> `Fern\'andez, Jos\'e Alberto''
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Change page number in entry:
+ ``Fukui, Rei, xxvii, 405, \u{969}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{968}''
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{LMa}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ The name ``M\o ller Neergaard, Peter'' should be sorted as
+ ``Neergaard, Peter M\o ller''.
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change page number in entry:
+ ``Hufflen, Jean-Michel, 761, \u{971}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{970}''
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
+ Add page entries for ``Kettler, Howard'' and ``Frutiger, Adrian''
+ to ``People'' index back to 374.
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Smith, Ralph'' to ``People'' index back to 376.
+
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{col 1, l.19 }{PPn}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace ``Panday'' with ``Pandey'' (very sorry for the typo).
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace ``Wing, Wai'' with ``Wong, Wai'' (very sorry for the typo).
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Change page numbers in entry:
+ ``Mittelbach, Frank, \ldots, 976--\u{978, 980}, \ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots, 976--\u{979}, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Rahtz, Sebastian''
+ back to 981 (bib-item [161]).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Biographies}
+
+\erroronpage{1084}{Goossens image}{THa}{2004/06/23}{2}
+ Spurious gray square in upper right corner of framed image of Michel
+ Goossens.
+
+\erroronpage{1085}{para 3, l.6}{MSc}{2004/05/19}{2}
+ Replace ``TeX'' with ``\TeX''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Production Notes}
+
+\erroronpage{1089}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/21}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots this typographical icing \u{(package
+ \textsf{pdfcprot})} was\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{1089}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing period: \ldots files\u. It \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{1090}{para -3, l.-4}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Change/add: ``paragraphs ending \u{with a} single word \u{line}''
+
+\erroronpage{1091}{top}{WAd}{2004/05/08}{2}
+ The series title in the box does not use a real caps and small caps
+ font but a faked one (compare with the front cover where
+ the font \emph{Christiana} designed by Gudrun Zapf-von Hesse is used).
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez Vazquez}
+\contributor{AHo}{Antti Honkela}
+\contributor{AMa}{Arni Magnusson}
+\contributor{ARi}{Alan Ristow}
+\contributor{BMo}{Brooks Moses}
+\contributor{BeB}{Bernd Burghardt}
+\contributor{CAR}{Chris A. Rowley}
+\contributor{CBC}{Charles B. Cameron}
+\contributor{CBa}{Cristian Battaglia}
+\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
+\contributor{CKr}{Claudia Krysztofiak}
+\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
+\contributor{DAr}{Donald Arseneau}
+\contributor{DCa}{David Carlisle}
+\contributor{DHL}{Dan Luecking}
+\contributor{DSch}{Dirk Schlimm}
+\contributor{ERy}{Elizabeth Ryan}
+\contributor{FHa}{Ferdy Hanssen}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{GBa}{Gerhard Bachmaier}
+\contributor{HOb}{Heiko Oberdiek}
+\contributor{HPB}{Harold P. Boas}
+\contributor{HVo}{Herbert Voss}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{J-CCh}{Jean-C\^ome Charpentier}
+\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
+\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
+\contributor{JBe}{Jens Berger}
+\contributor{JBr}{Johannes Braams}
+\contributor{JCh}{Joel Chan}
+\contributor{JGr}{Jose Grimm}
+\contributor{JJN}{Jarmo Niemel\"a}
+\contributor{JLV}{Juan Luis Varona}
+\contributor{JMH}{Jean-Michel Hufflen}
+\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
+\contributor{JTa}{Juhani Takkinen}
+\contributor{LMa}{Lars Madsen}
+\contributor{LSchu}{Lothar Schumacher}
+\contributor{MBr}{Marion Braams}
+\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
+\contributor{MHCL}{Martin Hiu Chung Law}
+\contributor{MHe}{Martin Hensel}
+\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
+\contributor{MKo}{Markus Kohm}
+\contributor{MKu}{Markus Kuhn}
+\contributor{MLa}{Mark Laplante}
+\contributor{MSc}{Martin Schr\"oder}
+\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
+\contributor{NBe}{Nelson Beebe}
+\contributor{PPN}{P.P. Narayanaswami}
+\contributor{PYu}{Peng Yu}
+\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
+\contributor{RPa}{Reimo Palm}
+\contributor{RSt}{Ralf Stubner}
+\contributor{RWa}{Richard Walker}
+\contributor{ReSt}{Rebecca Stiels}
+\contributor{SCo}{Steven Douglas Cochran}
+\contributor{SEg}{Stephen Eglen}
+\contributor{THa}{Thorsten Hansen}
+\contributor{TMW}{Thomas Widmann}
+\contributor{TMi}{Tom Micevski}
+\contributor{TSS}{Tommi Syrj\"anen}
+\contributor{UFi}{Ulrike Fischer}
+\contributor{UZi}{Uwe Ziegenhagen}
+\contributor{V-Li}{Christian Faulhammer}
+\contributor{VPe}{Vivi Petersen}
+\contributor{WAd}{William Adams}
+\contributor{WaS}{Walter Schmidt}
+\contributor{YvH}{Yvon Henel}
+\contributor{hajk}{Henk Koster}
+\contributor{usw}{Ulrich Dirr}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
+Thanks to all of you!
+
+If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{1997/06/01}{}
+ ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..64c885df7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{1999/06/05}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls}
+% Copyright (C) 1997, Frank Mittelbach
+
+\ProvidesClass{errata}
+ [1997/12/31 v0.6b Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else#2 \fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \large Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Web Companion
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on
+% errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all
+% entries are typeset.
+%
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{1999/05/01}
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you
+% own. For example, if you have the second
+% printing set this to 2 so that errors
+% already corrected in that printing will not
+% appear in your errata listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all
+% entries are typeset.
+%
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+%
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+%
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+
+\documentclass{errata}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Web Companion}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book(A-W:GR99,
+ author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Web Companion},
+ substitle = {Integrating {\TeX}, HTML, and XML},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+ year = 1999,
+ ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
+ LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
+ pagenums = {xxii + 522},
+ source-infos = {yes},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ price = "US\$39.95",
+ note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S.
+ Sutor.",
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}}
+\item[]
+The latest version of this file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found
+as part of the \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives
+the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the
+bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the
+problem.
+
+\end{list}
+
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
+
+\erroronpage{247}{3 para l.5}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{}
+ GenCod \> GenCode
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
+
+\erroronpage{418}{3 para}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{}
+ The \texttt{book} element types (lines 10--\u{15})
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+
+%==========================================================================
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk\\
+ goossens@cern.ch
+\end{quote}
+preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the errata}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ surprisingly \> surprising
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58220dd7bdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2000/07/30}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls}
+% Copyright (C) 1997, Frank Mittelbach
+
+\ProvidesClass{errata}
+ [1997/12/31 v0.6b Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else#2 \fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \large Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% Mit LaTeX ins Web
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2000/05/01}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. Currently there is
+% only the first printing.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. Since the
+% Handbuch no revision we turn this feature off.
+
+\norevisionnumbers
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+\providecommand{\BibTeX}{%
+ B\kern-.05em{\scshape i\kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}
+\providecommand{\MakeIndex}{\textit{MakeIndex}}
+
+\documentclass[ngerman,a4paper]{errata}
+\usepackage{ngerman}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{Mit \LaTeX{} ins Web}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book{A-W:GoossensRahtz2000,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "Mit \LaTeX{} ins Web",
+ publisher = Addison-Wesley,
+ address = {M"unchen: Boston: San Francisco},
+ year = 2000,
+ pagenums = {577 + 26},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {3-8273-1629-4}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}}
+\item[]
+Die jeweils letzte Version dieser Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der
+\LaTeX-Verteilung.
+
+Die erste Spalte der Tabelle enth"alt die Seitenzahl des Fehlereintrags.
+Die zweite Spalte gibt den genauen Ort an; negative Zeilennummern sind vom
+Seitenende gerechnet.
+In der dritten Spalte steht der Entdecker des Fehlers.
+\end{list}
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{Vorwort}
+
+\erroronpage{xvii}{Aufz"ahlung, erster Punkt}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Adobe Acrobat-Format \> Adobe-Acrobat-Format
+
+\erroronpage{xix}{erster Absatz, vorletzte Zeile}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ das ein oder andere \> das eine oder andere
+
+\erroronpage{xxiii}{zweite Zeile}{MSc}{2000/05/09}{}
+ \texttt{webcomp.err} \> \texttt{webcompg.err}
+
+\CHAPTER{Zur deutschen Ausgabe}
+
+\erroronpage{xxv}{zweiter Absatz, neunte Zeile}{FMi}{2000/07/27}{}
+ Latex-Begleiter \> \LaTeX-Begleiter
+
+\CHAPTER{Das Web, seine Dokumente und \LaTeX}
+
+\erroronpage{9}{Vierter Absatz, letzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ mithIlfe \> mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{10}{letzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ mithIlfe \> mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{13}{zweiter Absatz, f"unfte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ mithIlfe \> mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{13}{zweiter Absatz, siebte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ mithIlfe \> mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{16}{zweiter Absatz, vierte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ mithIlfe \> mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{18}{dritter Absatz, vorletzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ MithIlfe \> Mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{18}{vorletzte und letzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{}
+ mithIlfe \> mithilfe
+
+\erroronpage{19}{Abbildung 1.6}{MSc}{2000/05/09}{}
+ "Ubersetzung fehlt
+
+\CHAPTER{Portable Document Format}
+
+\CHAPTER{Der \LaTeX2HTML-"Ubersetzer}
+
+\CHAPTER{Konvertierung von \LaTeX{} in HTML mit \TeX4ht}
+
+\CHAPTER{Direkte Darstellung von \LaTeX{} im Web}
+
+\erroronpage{220}{zweiter Absatz, vorletzte und letzte Zeile}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ \TeX{} und \LaTeX-Markup."< \> \TeX- und \LaTeX-Markups."<
+
+\CHAPTER{HTML, SGML und XML: Drei Auszeichnungssprachen}
+
+\erroronpage{276}{Punkt 7}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ XML solle schnell \> XML sollte schnell
+
+\CHAPTER{CSS, DSSSL und XSL: Schreiben mit Stil}
+
+\erroronpage{368}{Abbildung 7.10}{MSc}{2000/05/09}{}
+ N"achter Freitag \> N"achster Freitag
+
+\CHAPTER{MathML -- intelligentes Formel-Markup}
+
+\CHAPTER{Beispieldateien}
+
+\CHAPTER{Technische Anh"ange}
+
+\CHAPTER{Fragen der Internationalisierung}
+
+\erroronpage{514}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{515}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{516}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{517}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{518}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{518}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{519}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{520}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{521}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{521}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.3}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{522}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.3}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Table \> Tabelle
+
+\erroronpage{526}{letzte Zeile der Abbildung}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{}
+ Multilinguale \> Mehrsprachige
+
+\CHAPTER{Glossar}
+
+\CHAPTER{URL-Verzeichnis}
+
+\CHAPTER{Literaturverzeichnis}
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle, die Fehler oder Auslassungen
+ gefunden haben. Aufgef"uhrt sind die Entdecker der Fehler.]
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{MSc}{Martin Schr"oder}
+\contributor{Cbe}{Claas Beckmann}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Viele andere haben mir Korrekturen f"ur schon bekannte Fehler
+geschickt. Vielen Dank an euch alle!
+
+Wenn Sie noch mehr Fehler finden, schicken Sie bitte eine Notiz an
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ webcompg@oneiros.de
+\end{quote}
+am besten in einer Form, die in diese Datei eingebaut werden kann,
+d.\,h.
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitenzahl-Nummer}|}{|\textit{Zeile-Position}|}{|%
+ \textit{Ihr-K"urzel}|}{|\textit{Datum}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Druckfehlers}
+\end{flushleft}
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{xxv}{zweiter Absatz, neunte Zeile}{FMi}{2000/07/27}{}
+ Latex-Begleiter \> \LaTeX-Begleiter
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{document}